WO2018081926A1 - 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备 - Google Patents

训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018081926A1
WO2018081926A1 PCT/CN2016/104256 CN2016104256W WO2018081926A1 WO 2018081926 A1 WO2018081926 A1 WO 2018081926A1 CN 2016104256 W CN2016104256 W CN 2016104256W WO 2018081926 A1 WO2018081926 A1 WO 2018081926A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preferred
responding
transmitting
initiating device
sector
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/104256
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘劲楠
李德建
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2016/104256 priority Critical patent/WO2018081926A1/zh
Publication of WO2018081926A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018081926A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method for training a beam, an initiating device, and a responding device.
  • the attenuation of the transmitted signal is much greater than at lower frequencies (6 GHz).
  • the signal is usually transmitted by beamforming.
  • the beam bandwidth is sufficiently narrow, the transmission signal and the reception signal end can reach a certain communication distance and transmission rate.
  • the beam is too narrow, it is very difficult to find each other at the receiving end and the transmitting end.
  • the antenna gain is not high and the ideal transmission rate cannot be obtained. Therefore, beamforming based transmission is designed in the standard of 802.11ad of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), and it is defined to achieve the necessary direction between a pair of stations (Station, STA).
  • a mechanism for link budgets for subsequent communications of directional multi-gigabit including Sector-Level Sweep (SLS) phase and Beam Refinement Protocol (BRP) phase
  • SLS Sector-Level Sweep
  • BRP Beam Refinement Protocol
  • the STA that initiates beam training may be referred to as an initiating device, and the opposite STA that responds to the initiating device is referred to as a responding device.
  • the SLS phase is a basic channel for establishing communication between the initiating device and the responding device, the initiating device can obtain an optimal transmitting sector that is sent to the responding device, and the responding device can also obtain an optimal transmitting sector that is sent to the initiating device. That is to say, the optimal transmit beam of both sides can be selected and the gain of the transmit beam can be utilized.
  • the initiating device and the responding device determine the beam optimization parameters by transmitting a beam optimization protocol frame (BRP frame), and perform beam optimization by using a beam optimization protocol packet (BRP packet) suffixed with the training field according to the beam optimization parameter.
  • BRP frame beam optimization protocol frame
  • BRP packet beam optimization protocol packet
  • the problem that the transceiver device has multiple antennas has been considered in IEEE 802.11ad, but the transceiver has only one receiving link and one transmitting frequency chain, that is, 802.11ad only supports single-user single-beam beam training.
  • IEEE 802.11ay considers the evolution of the IEEE 802.11ad standard into a scenario that supports multiple transceiver RF chains, that is, multiple input multiple output (MIMO) scenarios. Therefore, how to implement support under the IEEE 802.11ad framework.
  • MIMO multiple input multiple output
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for training a beam that can be applied to a beam pair training process in a MIMO scenario.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate at least one of the responding devices determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames.
  • the first feedback information is used to indicate at least one of the responding devices determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames.
  • at least one preferred transmitting sector of the transmitting antenna Preferably at least one preferred transmitting sector of the transmitting antenna;
  • Second feedback information that is sent by the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, where The number of multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the method for training a beam in the SU-MIMO technology of the single-user multiple-input and multi-injection in the embodiment of the present application for the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device, the initiating device and the responding device
  • the transmitting sector is trained to obtain the initiating device and response A plurality of transmitting sectors of the device, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the initiating device acquires the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device determines the total number of transmitting sectors according to the number of transmitting antennas and the number of transmitting sectors included in each transmitting antenna, and determines the response according to the number of receiving RF channels and the number of receiving antennas obtained by the receiving device.
  • the number of receiving antennas of the device is divided by the quotient of the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device, and the quotient may be referred to as a first quotient, and the number of N first beam frames is equal to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device multiplied by the number A quotient.
  • the number of receiving antennas of the responding device is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels
  • the number of N first beam frames determined by the initiating device is equal to the total number of self-transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device may send each of the N first beam frames one by one to the responding device.
  • the initiating device sends each of the N first beam frames one by one to the responding device by using each of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the transmitting device, that is, the initiating device transmits only one transmission at a time.
  • the sector transmits a first beam frame without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of first beam frames through a plurality of transmitting sectors, the first beam frame including an identifier of a transmitting sector transmitting the first beam frame, and the transmitting sector The identifier of the antenna where it is located.
  • the responding device can adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner to simultaneously receive the first beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple radio frequency channels.
  • the responding device acquires the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device.
  • the responding device determines the total number of transmitting sectors of the transmitting antenna, and determines the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device and the quotient of the number of receiving radio channels, and the number of the M second beam frames is equal to that of the responding device.
  • the total number of transmitted sectors is multiplied by the quotient.
  • the responding device can determine the number of preferred receiving antennas equal to the number of receiving radio channels, if the antenna satisfies the antenna reciprocity
  • the transmitting antenna is the preferred receiving antenna
  • the number of transmitting radio channels of the responding device is equal to the number of transmitting antennas, that is, the total number of transmitting sectors of the responding device is equal to the number of preferred receiving antennas multiplied by the number of sectors per antenna.
  • the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels
  • the number of the M second beam frames determined by the responding device is equal to the total number of the transmitting devices of the responding device.
  • the responding device may send each of the M second beam frames to the initiating device one by one.
  • the response device transmits a fan through each of a plurality of its own transmission sectors And transmitting, to the initiating device, each second beam frame of the M second beam frames, that is, the responding device sends a second beam frame by using one transmitting sector at a time, without transmitting multiple times through multiple transmitting sectors.
  • a second beam frame where the second beam frame includes an identifier of a transmitting sector that transmits the second beam frame and an identifier of an antenna where the transmitting sector is located.
  • the initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner to simultaneously receive the second beam frame sent by the responding device by using multiple radio frequency channels.
  • a preferred mode initiating device adopts an optimal transmitting sector first feedback information of an optimal transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the response device adopts the most The second feedback information of the optimal transmit sector of the best transmit antenna.
  • the method further includes: the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, the at least one The third beam frame is used by the responding device to determine a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame being waveform optimized a BRP frame, where P is a positive integer; the initiating device receives the first indication information sent by the responding device; and the initiating device determines, according to the first indication information, P preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence relationship.
  • a combination correspondence of the P combination correspondences includes a preferred transmission sector combination of the P preferred transmission sector combinations of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector combination of the corresponding response device The corresponding correspondence.
  • the initiating device includes a plurality of preferred transmissions.
  • An antenna, and the number of the priority transmitting antennas is equal to the number of transmitting radio channels of the initiating device, and each preferred transmitting antenna further includes at least one preferred transmitting sector, that is, the initiating device may include multiple preferred transmitting sectors;
  • the response device includes a plurality of preferred receiving antennas, and the number of the priority receiving antennas is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels of the responding device, and each preferred receiving antenna further includes at least one preferred receiving sector, that is, the responding device may include multiple preferred Receiving a sector, the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device, and then the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving fans of the responding device may be obtained.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: The initiating device passes through multiple of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device Preferably transmitting a sector, transmitting the at least one third beam frame to the responding device, each third beam frame of the at least one third scanning frame comprising a preference for transmitting a preferred transmitting sector of each of the third beam frames The identity of the transmitting antenna.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using each of its preferred transmitting sectors, and the number of the at least one third beam frame may be equal to the number of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device. That is, the initiating device sends a third beam frame through a preferred transmit antenna, and the third beam frame includes an identifier of the antenna that transmits the third beam frame.
  • the third beam frame may be a BRP frame, and the identifier of the sector in which the third beam frame is sent may not be included in the third beam frame, and the sector is carried by the sequence relationship of the TRN subfield in the BRP packet. Identifying, but only including the identity of the antenna transmitting the third beam frame, the initiating device transmitting the third beam frame through the preferred transmitting sector of its preferred transmitting antenna.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: The initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, where the third beam frame is used by the responding device to determine multiple preferences of the responding device Receiving a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the antenna, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels of the responding device;
  • the method further includes: the initiating device receiving the third feedback information sent by the responding device, where the third feedback information is used to indicate the number of preferred receiving sectors in the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device determined by the responding device a maximum value of the at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information by the initiating device, by using a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, each of the at least one fourth beam frame
  • the fourth scan frame includes an identifier of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each fourth beam frame is transmitted, and the at least one fourth beam frame is used by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence, the at least one The fourth beam frame is a waveform optimized BRP frame.
  • each of the M second beam frames includes a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device. a signal-to-noise ratio SNR; the initiating device sends at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: the initiating device determines a dynamic range of the responding device; and when the initiating device determines the When the dynamic range of the responding device is less than the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the initiating device transmits multiple preferred transmissions through the initiating device Transmitting the at least one third beam frame to the responding device; and when the initiating device determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the initiating device passes Each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device preferably transmits at least one third beam frame to the responding device.
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: The initiating device transmits, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, and the training field of each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: The initiating device sends, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third scan frame to the responding device, and the training field of each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field
  • the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: after the sending device sends the first request information to the responding device, the initiating device passes the Each of the P preferred transmit sector combinations is configured to transmit at least one fifth beam frame to the responding device, where the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the P combination correspondences.
  • a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of a data field in each of the fifth beam frames
  • each of the fifth beam frames includes transmitting the each fifth beam frame
  • the combined correspondence relationship and the channel state information of the optimal combined correspondence, the channel state information is used to indicate the optimal combination corresponding
  • the optimal combination correspondence includes a correspondence between a combination of a transmission sector of the initiating device and a corresponding receiving sector combination of the responding device, the at least one fifth beam frame being a BRP frame .
  • the P-type combination correspondence between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device obtained by the training can further obtain the preference of the preferred transmitting sector and the responding device of the initiating device.
  • each of the M second beam frames includes a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device. SNR; before the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the method further includes: the SNR of the signal sent by the initiating device according to the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device Determining a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information; the initiating device determines the first feedback information according to the MCS level of the first feedback information.
  • the initiating device may also feed back, to the responding device, the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, and the responding device may determine the MCS level of the second feedback information according to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector. .
  • the first feedback information and the second feedback information may be transmitted using a higher MCS, and are more suitable to carry more information. That is, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors may be respectively fed back through the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferences of the responding device determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames. a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the transmit antenna; the method further comprising: the initiating device receiving, by the responding device, at least one sixth beam frame transmitted by the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame being a BRP And determining, by the initiating device, a Q type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device according to the at least one sixth beam frame; The responding device sends the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device in the Q combination correspondence, and the one combination correspondence in the Q combination correspondence includes the Between a preferred transmit sector combination of the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responsive device and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding initiator device Close correspondence.
  • the initiating device receives the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The initiating device receives the plurality of responding devices through the responding device Preferably, the at least one sixth beam frame transmitted by the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the transmitting antenna, each of the at least one sixth beam frame comprising a preferred transmitting sector for transmitting each of the sixth beam frames The identity of the preferred transmit antenna.
  • the receiving, by the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame sent by the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device includes: Receiving, by the device, the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner;
  • each of the at least one seventh beam frame includes transmitting the seventh An identifier of a preferred transmit antenna where a preferred transmit sector of the beam frame is located, the at least one
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device; At least one sixth beam frame transmitted by the responding device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device, comprising: when the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is less than an SNR of a signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device And the initiating device receives the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; and when the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is greater than or equal to the most When the SNR of the signal transmitted by the sector is transmitted, the initiating device receives the at least one sixth beam frame transmitted by the responding device one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device receives the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The initiating device receives the plurality of responding devices through the responding device Preferably, each of the preferred transmit antennas transmits the at least one sixth beam frame one by one, and the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the at least one sixth beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, The training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device receives the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: Receiving, by the initiating device, the at least one sixth beam frame transmitted by the responding device through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, each sixth beam frame in the at least one sixth beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: after the initiating device sends the second request information to the responding device, the initiating device receives the responding device and passes the At least one eighth beam frame is sent at the same time, and the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the Q type combination relationship.
  • a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one eighth beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of a data field in each of the eighth beam frames, and each of the eighth beam frames includes transmitting the eighth beam frame
  • the combined correspondence relationship and the channel state information of the optimal combined correspondence, the channel state information is used to indicate the optimal combination pair a channel matrix of the relationship, the optimal combination correspondence relationship comprising a correspondence between a transmission sector combination of the response device and a corresponding reception sector combination of the initiating device, the at least one eighth beam frame being a BRP frame .
  • a preferred transmitting sector of the responding device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and having a Q type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device
  • An optimal combination correspondence between the preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of receiving channels of the receiving RF channel and channel state information thereby implementing a response device having multiple transmitting RF channels and an initiating device having multiple receiving RF channels at the SU - Beam pair training process in the application scenario of MIMO.
  • the beam frame includes an identifier of the transmitting antenna that transmits the jth second beam frame and an identifier of the transmitting sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the responding device according to the N first beam frames An identifier of an antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located, where the M second beam frames are used by the initiating device to determine a quality of a sector of a transmitting antenna of the responding device and an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the M The two beam frames are SSW frames or
  • the responding device sends second feedback information to the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device belongs to at least one preferred transmitting sector of the responding device, and the second feedback information is used by the second feedback information. And indicating, by the responding device, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device determined according to the N first beam frames, where the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device is equal to the transmitting of the initiating device The number of RF channels.
  • the method for training a beam in the SU-MIMO technology of the single-user multiple-input and multi-injection in the embodiment of the present application for the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device, the initiating device and the responding device.
  • the transmitting sector is trained to obtain multiple transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device, so that the initiating device and the responding device have multiple beam training processes when transmitting the radio frequency channel.
  • the method further includes: the response Receiving, by the device, at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; the responding device determining, according to the at least one third beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the initiating P combinations of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the device, the at least one third beam frame being a waveform optimized BRP frame, P being a positive integer; the responding device sending the first indication information to the initiating device, the first An indication information is used to indicate P preferred transmission sector combinations of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence, and one combination correspondence in the P combination correspondence includes P preferred transmission sector combinations of the initiating device A preferred correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination and a corresponding preferred receive sector combination of the responding device.
  • the responding device receives the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: Receiving, by the responding device, the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device through a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame comprising The identity of the preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each third beam frame is located is transmitted.
  • the responding device receives the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: Receiving, by the responding device, the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner;
  • the responding device Determining, by the responding device, a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device according to the at least one third beam frame, including: the responding device according to the Determining, by the at least one third beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the responding device;
  • the responding device sends third feedback information to the initiating device, where the third feedback information is used to indicate a maximum value among the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device that includes a preferred receiving sector; the responding device receives the initiating device Transmitting, by the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information, each fourth beam frame in the at least one fourth beam frame includes transmitting the each An identifier of a preferred transmit antenna in which a preferred transmit sector of
  • Each of the M second beam frames includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal transmitted by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device; the responding device receives the initiating device to send through a plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device At least one third beam frame, including: when the initiating device determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is less than an SNR of a signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the responding device receives the initiating device through the initiating device a plurality of preferred transmit antennas, simultaneously transmitting at least one third beam frame; and when the initiating device determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is greater than or equal to an SNR of a signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the responding device receives The initiating device transmits at least one third beam frame one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device.
  • the responding device receives the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: Receiving, by the responding device, at least one third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, and training of each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the field is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P type combination correspondence.
  • the responding device receives the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, including: Receiving, by the responding device, at least one third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, and training of each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the field is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field
  • the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: after the responding device receives the first request information sent by the initiating device, the responding device receives the initiating device And the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs the correspondence according to the P types by using each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, and the at least one fifth beam frame that is sent at the same time.
  • a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of a data field in each of the fifth beam frames, and each of the fifth beam frames includes transmitting the fifth each An identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device of the beam frame and a corresponding combined identifier of a preferred receiving sector of the responding device;
  • the response device determines, according to the at least one fifth beam frame, the optimal combination correspondence relationship and the channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship, where the channel state information is used to indicate the optimality.
  • a channel matrix of the group correspondence the optimal combination correspondence being a correspondence between a preferred transmission sector combination of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector combination of the corresponding response device, the at least one fifth The beam frame is a BRP frame.
  • the P-type combination correspondence between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device obtained by the training can further obtain the preference of the preferred transmitting sector and the responding device of the initiating device.
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, and the response device passes the response Before the optimal transmitting sector of the device sends the second feedback information to the initiating device, the method further includes: determining, by the responding device, the modulation of the second feedback information according to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device And the coding policy MCS level; the response device determines the second feedback information according to the MCS level of the second feedback information.
  • the responding device determines, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the responding device,
  • the method includes: the responding device determining, according to the first feedback information, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; the method further comprising: the responding device transmitting, by using the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device,
  • the initiating device transmits at least one sixth beam frame, where the at least one sixth beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine Q types between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device Combining the correspondence, the at least one sixth beam frame is a BRP frame;
  • the responding device receives the second indication information sent by the initiating device; the responding device determines, according to the second indication information, the responding device in the Q type combination correspondence Q preferred transmit sector combinations, one of the Q composite combinations corresponding
  • the responding device sends the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The responding device passes through a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device Preferably transmitting a sector, transmitting the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, each sixth beam frame of the at least one sixth beam frame comprising a preference for transmitting a preferred transmitting sector of each sixth beam frame The identity of the transmitting antenna.
  • the responding device sends the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The responding device sends the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device, where the at least one sixth beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine the number of the initiating device. a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the receiving antenna, wherein the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device;
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the responding device, fourth feedback information sent by the initiating device, where the fourth feedback information is used to indicate a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors among the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device; Transmitting, by the responding device, the at least one seventh beam frame determined according to the fourth feedback information by using a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device, each seventh beam frame in the at least one seventh beam frame And including an identifier of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the seventh beam frames is sent, where the at least one seventh beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine the Q combination correspondence, the at least one seventh beam frame is BRP frame.
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device; the responding device passes The plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device send at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, including: the responding device acquires a dynamic range of the initiating device; and when the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is smaller than the responding device When the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector is optimal, the responding device transmits at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; when the responding device determines the dynamics of the initiating device When the range is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, the responding device transmits the at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device to the initiating device one by one A sixth beam frame.
  • the responding device sends the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The responding device transmits the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one The channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the sixth beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the responding device sends the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, including: The responding device transmits the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device one by one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, each sixth beam frame of the at least one sixth beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: after the responding device receives the second request information sent by the initiating device, the responding device passes the responding device Each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the Q preferred transmit sector combinations, and at least one eighth beam frame is sent to the initiating device, the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs the beam according to the Q combination correspondence relationship.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each beam frame in the at least one eighth beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the eighth beam frames
  • each of the eighth beam frames includes transmitting the eighth beam An identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device of the frame and a combined identifier of a preferred receiving sector of the initiating device, the at least one eighth beam frame being used by the initiating device to determine the most in the Q combination correspondence Excellent combination correspondence, and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, the channel state information is used to indicate the optimal combination pair Relationship between the channel matrix, the optimal combination corresponding to a combination of preferred receive sector transmit sector relationships for a preferred combination of the device and the corresponding response to the initiating device, at least one beam frame BRP eighth frame.
  • a preferred transmitting sector of the responding device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and having a Q type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device
  • An optimal combination correspondence between the preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of receiving channels of the receiving RF channel and channel state information thereby implementing a response device having multiple transmitting RF channels and an initiating device having multiple receiving RF channels at the SU - Beam pair training process in the application scenario of MIMO.
  • a method for training a beam in a multi-user multiple input multiple output MU-MIMO technology comprising: the initiating device transmitting T first beam frames to the K response devices, the T The number of the first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of each of the K responding devices, the T first beams
  • the i-th first beam frame in the frame includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, where the T first beam frames are used for the kth of the K response devices
  • the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the j th second beam
  • the initiating device Determining, by the initiating device, the quality of the sector of the transmitting antenna of the kth responding device according to the U k second beam frames, and acquiring an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device;
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the kth responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device is in accordance with the U At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responsive device determined by the k second beam frames;
  • Second feedback information sent by the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device
  • At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna the number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device determined by each of the responding devices being equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device sends a beam frame to multiple responding devices in the application scenario of the MU-MIMO technology in the embodiment of the present application, and the training obtains the corresponding device in the initiating device.
  • Preferred transmitting antennas of the responding devices; the plurality of responding devices transmit beam frames, and train to obtain a preferred transmitting antenna of each responding device, thereby implementing an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and a plurality of transmitting devices having one or more transmitting radio frequency channels Responsive device transmission Beam training process.
  • the initiating device acquires the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of each responding device. Specifically, the initiating device determines, according to the number of received radio frequency channels and the number of receiving antennas of each of the K response devices, the maximum value of the ratio of the number of receiving antennas to the number of receiving radio channels in the K responding devices; Determining the total number of transmitting sectors according to the number of transmitting antennas and the number of transmitting sectors included in each transmitting antenna, the number of T first beam frames is equal to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device multiplied by The ratio is the maximum.
  • the initiating device may transmit each of the T first beam frames one by one to the K responding devices. Specifically, the initiating device sends each of the first one of the T first beam frames to the responding device by using each of the plurality of transmitting sectors, that is, the initiating device transmits only one by one at a time.
  • the sector transmits a first beam frame without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of first beam frames through a plurality of transmitting sectors, the first beam frame including an identifier of a transmitting sector transmitting the first beam frame, and the transmitting sector The identifier of the antenna where it is located.
  • each responding device can adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner and receive the first beam frame sent by the initiating device.
  • the kth responding device may acquire the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device.
  • Each responding device determines the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device divided by the number of receiving radio frequency channels, which may be referred to as a second quotient value, and each responding device multiplies the total number of transmitting sectors of its own at least one transmitting antenna a second quotient, i.e. the k-th transmission device in response to the second U k U-beam frame value k.
  • the preferred receive antenna of the kth responding device is the preferred transmit antenna, and preferably the number of transmit antennas is equal to the number of transmit RF channels, then the kth response device It is only necessary to train the receiving sectors in the preferred receiving antenna, that is, when the kth responding device determines U k second beam frames, U k is equal to the total number of transmitting sectors of the preferred transmitting antenna of the kth responding device multiplied by the second Business value.
  • the number of second beam frames sent by the kth responding device is equal to the number of transmission sectors of the plurality of transmitting antennas of the responding device multiplied by the second Business value.
  • the K response devices may send the second beam frame one by one to the initiating device one by one.
  • the K responding devices send the second beam frame one by one, and for the kth responding device, the U k second beams can be sent to the initiating device one by one through each of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the transmitting device.
  • Each second beam frame in the frame that is, each response device transmits one second beam frame through one transmitting sector at a time, without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of second beam frames through multiple transmitting sectors, the second beam
  • the frame includes an identification of a transmitting sector transmitting the second beam frame and an identification of an antenna in which the transmitting sector is located.
  • the corresponding initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner while receiving the second beam frame.
  • the method further includes: the initiating device sending, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, where At least one third beam frame for the kth responding device to determine at least one of at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device a candidate combination correspondence, the at least one third beam frame is a waveform-optimized BRP frame; the initiating device receives the first indication information sent by the k-th response device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination Corresponding relationship; the initiating device determines, according to the K pieces of the first indication information sent by the K responding devices, a P between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices And the initiating device sends the second indication information to the kth responding device according to the P type combination correspondence, where the second
  • the at least one candidate combination is for at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device
  • the corresponding relationship includes: the initiating device includes at least one preferred transmitting antenna, and the number of the priority transmitting antennas is less than or equal to the number of transmitting radio channels of the initiating device, and each preferred transmitting antenna further includes at least one preferred transmitting sector, that is, the initiating The device may include at least one preferred transmitting sector; likewise, the kth responding device includes at least one preferred receiving antenna, and the number of the preferred receiving antennas is equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the kth responding device, each preferred receiving The antenna further comprises at least one preferred receiving sector, i.e.
  • the responding device may comprise at least one preferred receiving sector, the at least one preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device being in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device And obtaining at least one preferred transmitting sector and the kth response setting of the initiating device Preferably at least one combination of a correspondence relationship between the reception sector.
  • the correspondence relationship includes: a plurality of preferred transmission sectors of the initiating device and at least one preferred receiving sector of each of the K response devices
  • each of the responding devices includes P preferred receiving sector combinations
  • the initiating device indicates that each responding device corresponds to the P-type by transmitting second indication information to each responding device.
  • the P preferred receiving sector combinations of the corresponding correspondence that is, the second indication information sent to the kth responding device, are used to indicate the P preferred receiving sector combinations of the kth responding device in the P combined correspondence.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, The initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices by using a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, each of the at least one third beam frame
  • the three-beam frame includes an identification of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the preferred transmit sector for each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices,
  • the initiating device sends, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, the at least one third beam frame being used for the kth response
  • the method further includes: the initiating device receives the third feedback information sent by the kth responding device, where the third feedback information is used to indicate the at least one preference of the kth responding device determined by the kth responding device Receiving a maximum of the number of preferred receiving sectors in the receiving antenna; the initiating device is to the
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, The initiating device sends, by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to each of the K responding devices, and each third beam in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of the frame is smaller than the data field Channel bandwidth, the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, The initiating device sends, by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to each of the K responding devices, and each third beam in the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of the frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameter required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: after the initiating device sends the first request information to the K responding devices, the initiating device passes the Each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P-type preferred transmit sector combinations of the device, and at least one fifth beam frame is sent to the K responding devices, the first request information being used to indicate that the K responding devices are based on the P-type Beam training is performed by combining the correspondence, a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of a data field in each of the fifth beam frames, and each of the fifth beam frames includes transmitting the a combination of an identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device of each fifth beam frame and a preferred receiving sector of the corresponding responding device, the at least one fifth beam frame being used for the kth responding device at the P Determining at least one preferred combination correspondence in the combination correspondence, and a channel of each of the preferred combination correspondences in the at least
  • the U k second beam frames include an optimal transmit sector transmission of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device The SNR of the signal; before the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the kth responding device through the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, the method further includes: the initiating Determining, by the device, the modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information according to the signal SNR of the transmission of the optimal transmission sector of the initiating device of the kth response device; the initiating device according to the first feedback information The MCS level determines the first feedback information.
  • the initiating device may also feed back, to the kth responding device, the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, and the kth responding device may according to the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector.
  • SNR determining the MCS level of the second feedback information.
  • the first feedback information and the second feedback information may be transmitted using a higher MCS, and are more suitable to carry more information. That is, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors may be respectively fed back through the first feedback information and the second feedback information.
  • the preferred transmitting sector and each of the initiating devices may be obtained by training a plurality of P-type combinations between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sectors of each of the plurality of responding devices.
  • Optimum combined correspondence between preferred receiving sectors of the responding device thereby implementing an application scenario of an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and a plurality of responding devices having one or more receiving radio frequency channels in MU-MIMO The next beam pair training process.
  • a method for training a beam in a multi-user multiple input multiple output MU-MIMO technology comprising: receiving, by a kth response device of the K response devices, T first beam frames sent by the initiating device
  • the number of the T first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of each of the K responding devices, the T
  • the kth responding device Determining, by the kth responding device, a quality of a sector of a transmitting antenna of the initiating device according to the T first beam frames; the kth responding device transmitting, to the initiating device, U k second beam frames, the U k
  • the number of the second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to the number of transmitting sectors of the at least one transmitting antenna of the kth responding device, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device.
  • the kth responding device receives first feedback information sent by the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used by the initiating device according to the U k Determining, by the second beam frame, the kth responding device determines, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the kth responding device;
  • the kth responding device sends second feedback information to the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device belongs to at least the kth responding device a preferred receiving sector, the second feedback information indicating at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device determined by the kth responding device according to the T first beam frames, each of the The number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device determined by the responding device is equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device sends a beam frame to multiple responding devices in the application scenario of the MU-MIMO technology in the embodiment of the present application, and the training obtains the corresponding device in the initiating device.
  • Preferred transmitting antennas of the responding devices; the plurality of responding devices transmit beam frames, and train to obtain a preferred transmitting antenna of each responding device, thereby implementing an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and a plurality of transmitting devices having one or more transmitting radio frequency channels Respond to the device's transmit beam training process.
  • the method further includes: the kth responding device receiving, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame sent by the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; Determining, by the kth responding device, at least one of a preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device based on the at least one third beam frame a candidate combination correspondence, the at least one third beam frame is a waveform-optimized BRP frame; the k-th responding device sends first indication information to the initiating device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination Corresponding relationship; the first indication information is used by the initiating device to determine a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices; the kth The responding device receives the second indication information sent by the initiating device; the kth responding device determines, according to the
  • the kth responding device receives the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device
  • the k-th responding device receives the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device through a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, each of the at least one third beam frame
  • the third beam frame includes an identification of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the preferred transmit sector for each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the kth responding device receives the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device
  • the k-th responding device receives the at least one third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the kth responding device according to the at least one And determining, by the three-beam frame, at least one candidate combination correspondence between the at least one preferred receiving sector of the k-th responding device and the at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, including: Determining, by the k response devices, at least one preferred receiving sector of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device, the number of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device being equal to The number of receiving RF channels of the kth responding device; the kth responding device sends third feedback information to the initiating device,
  • the kth responding device receives the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device
  • the k-th responding device receives at least one third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, and each of the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of the third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameter required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the kth responding device receives the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device
  • the k-th responding device receives at least one third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, and each of the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of the third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the kth responding device, the first request information sent by the initiating device to the K responding devices And the kth responding device receives at least one fifth beam frame sent by the initiating device through each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device to the K responding devices, where The first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to each of the fifth beam frames.
  • the each fifth beam frame comprising an identification of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a combined identification of a preferred receiving sector of the corresponding responding device, the Determining, by the k response devices, at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one preference in the P combination correspondence according to the at least one fifth beam frame
  • the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of each of the preferred combination correspondences
  • the kth response device sends the third indication information to the initiating device
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one preferred combination correspondence of each of the K response devices is used by the initiating device to determine that the P combinations are corresponding to An optimal combination correspondence in the relationship, the optimal combination correspondence comprising a correspondence between a preferred transmission sector combination of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector combination of each of the K response devices
  • the at least one fifth beam frame is a BRP frame.
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device; Before the responding device sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, the method further includes: the kth responding device according to the optimal transmitting fan of the kth responding device The SNR of the signal sent by the area determines a modulation and coding strategy MCS level of the second feedback information; the kth response device determines the first according to the MCS level of the second feedback information Two feedback information.
  • the preferred transmitting sector and each of the initiating devices may be obtained by training a plurality of P-type combinations between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sectors of each of the plurality of responding devices.
  • Optimum combined correspondence between preferred receiving sectors of the responding device thereby implementing an application scenario of an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and a plurality of responding devices having one or more receiving radio frequency channels in MU-MIMO The next beam pair training process.
  • apparatus for training a beam for performing the method of any of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • apparatus for training a beam for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • apparatus for training a beam for performing the method of any of the above-described third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect described above.
  • apparatus for training a beam for performing the method of any of the above-described fourth or fourth possible implementations comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described fourth or fourth aspects of the fourth aspect.
  • a ninth aspect an apparatus for training a beam, comprising: a storage unit and a processor, the storage unit for storing an instruction, the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored by the memory, and when the processor executes the memory storage When executed, the execution causes the processor to perform the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a tenth aspect provides an apparatus for training a beam, comprising: a storage unit and a processor, the storage unit is configured to store an instruction, the processor is configured to execute an instruction stored by the memory, and when the processor executes the memory storage When executed, the execution causes the processor to perform the method of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • an apparatus for training a beam includes: a storage unit for storing instructions for executing instructions stored in the memory, and a processor for performing the memory storage The execution of the instructions causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • an apparatus for training a beam includes: a storage unit and a processor,
  • the memory unit is operative to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored by the memory, the executing causes the processor to perform any of the fourth or fourth aspects The method in the implementation.
  • a thirteenth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a computer readable medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a computer readable medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
  • a computer readable medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fourth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an antenna array of a phased antenna in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an antenna array of a phased antenna capable of supporting MIMO, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for training a beam in an SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a method for training a beam in SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a BRP packet occupying a part of a channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a BRP packet occupying all channels according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for training a beam in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic flowchart of a method for training a beam in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an initiator device in SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a response device in SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an initiating device in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a response device in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic block diagram of an initiating device in SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic block diagram of a response device in SU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of an initiating device in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is another schematic block diagram of a response device in MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), and the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the 802.11 series of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) currently adopted by the WLAN. Any of the protocols in the agreement.
  • the WLAN may include one or more Basic Service Sets (BSSs), and the network nodes in the basic service set include an Access Point (AP) and a station (STA).
  • BSSs Basic Service Sets
  • AP Access Point
  • STA station
  • IEEE 802.11ad introduces a Personal Basic Service Set (PBSS) and a Personal Basic Service Set Control Node (PBSS).
  • PBSS Personal Basic Service Set
  • PBSS Personal Basic Service Set Control Node
  • Each personal basic service set can contain one AP/PCP and multiple sites associated with the AP/PCP.
  • the initiating device and the responding device in the embodiment of the present invention may be a user site (STA) in a WLAN, and the user site may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, an access terminal, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, and a remote terminal.
  • STA user site
  • the user site may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, an access terminal, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, and a remote terminal.
  • User Equipment User Equipment
  • the STA may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), or a wireless local area network (A handheld device such as a Wi-Fi) communication function, a computing device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • a handheld device such as a Wi-Fi communication function
  • computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the initiating device and the responding device in the embodiment of the present invention may also be an AP/PCP in the WLAN, and the AP/PCP may be used to communicate with the access terminal through the wireless local area network, and transmit the data of the access terminal to the network side, or The data from the network side is transmitted to the access terminal.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the scenario system shown in FIG. 1 may be a WLAN system.
  • the WLAN system of FIG. 1 may include one or more AP/PCPs and one or more STAs.
  • FIG. 1 exemplifies an AP/PCP and three STAs.
  • Wireless communication can be performed between AP/PCP and STA through various standards.
  • Single-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (SU-MIMO) technology or Multi-Users Multiple-Input Multiple-Output can be used between the AP/PCP and the STA.
  • MU-MIMO Multi-Users Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • the beamforming training process in the existing 802.11 protocol is first introduced.
  • an SLS phase may be included, and a BRP phase may also be included.
  • the SLS phase Initiator Sector Sweep (ISS), Responder Sector Sweep (RSS), Sector Sweep Feedback (SSW-Feedback), and Sector Sweep ACK (SSW-ACK) has four sub-phases to establish a basic link between the initiating device and the responding device.
  • the initiating device performs training of the transmitting sector or the receiving sector of the initiating device by transmitting a plurality of Sector Sweep (SSW) frames or a beacon frame including the SSW field, that is, the ISS phase.
  • SSW Sector Sweep
  • the responding device performs transmission beam or receive beam training of the responding device by transmitting an SSW frame in the RSS phase.
  • the results of the above ISS and RSS stages are confirmed in the SLS through the SSW-Feedback phase and the SSW-ACK phase, and it is determined whether beam optimization is to be performed.
  • the initiating device or the responding device can transmit by including U The frames of the SSW field implement U beam training.
  • the interval between different SSW frames or Beacon frames may be a Short Beamforming Interframe Space (SBIFS), or may be a Long Beamforming Interframe Space (LBIFS).
  • SBIFS Short Beamforming Interframe Space
  • LIFS Long Beamforming Interframe Space
  • the SLS phase is also a basic channel for the initiating device and the responding device to establish communication, the initiating device can obtain the optimal transmitting sector sent to the responding device, and the responding device can also obtain the optimal transmitting sector sent to the initiating device, also That is to say, the transmit beam can be selected and the gain of the transmit beam can be utilized.
  • the transmission formats used in the ISS and RSS sub-phases in the SLS phase are transmission transmissions with low transmission efficiency, but are particularly robust, such as MCS0 or MCS1; while the SSW-Feedback and SSW-Ack sub-phases can only be transmitted with MCS0. .
  • the initiating device and the receiver determine the beam optimization parameters by transmitting a beam optimization protocol frame (BRP frame), and perform beam optimization by using a beam optimization protocol packet (BRP packet) suffixed with the training field according to the beam optimization parameter.
  • BRP frame carries Channel Measurement Feedback elements, it can also collect identifiers of multiple sectors, as well as information such as channel measurements.
  • the BRP packet is divided into two types: a receive beam optimization packet (BRP-RX) and a transmit beam optimization packet (BRP-TX), and the training of the transmit and receive beams can be implemented by using a data packet suffix training field.
  • the BRP phase is K beam training implemented by carrying a K-segment training field in one data frame. Since the interval between SSW frames is saved, the training efficiency in the BRP phase is high.
  • the BRP phase may include a BRP setup phase, a Multiple Sector ID Detection (MID) phase, and a Beam Combination (BC) phase, and a series of previous sub-phases, and A beam optimization service that includes beam optimization requests and beam optimization responses.
  • the initiating device can obtain a plurality of better transmitting sectors in the SLS phase by responding to the feedback of the device, for example, the initiating device can acquire Nbeam (I, TX) better transmitting sectors, A plurality of better receiving sectors Nbeam(I, RX) of the response device are further trained.
  • the initiating device sends Nbeam (I, TX) BRP-RX packets, each packet containing Nbeam (I, RX) receive training (TRN-R) subfields, so that Train a combination of Nbeam (I, TX) * Nbeam (I, RX) transmit and receive beams.
  • the MID phase and the BC phase can also train the transmit and receive beam combinations between the transmitting sector of the responding device and the receiving sector of the initiating device.
  • the training of the transmit beam and the receive beam between the initiating device and the responding device can be completed through the above process.
  • each antenna herein refers to an antenna array.
  • an antenna is simply referred to, for example, as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • An antenna array of phase-controlled antennas that is, a phase-controlled antenna array corresponds to an antenna.
  • Each antenna may employ beam transmit and receive signals, or quasi-omnidirectional transmit and receive signals, such as the beam transmit and receive signals employed by the antenna of the initiating device given in Figure 2, and the quasi-omnidirectional approach employed by the responder Transmit and receive signals.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an initiating device and a response device supporting MIMO, that is, the initiating device and the responding device may have multiple RFs, for example, in FIG. 3, The initiating device and the responding device each have two RFs.
  • the MIMO scenario may specifically include two scenarios: SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 100 of training a beam in SU-MIMO technology, which is applied in a SU-MIMO scenario, ie for a single initiating device and a single responding device, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 100 may correspond to the SLS phase in the prior art.
  • the method 100 specifically includes:
  • the initiating device sends N first beam frames to the responding device, where the number of the N first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device.
  • the number of antennas is determined, and the i-th first beam frame of the N first beam frames includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, where the N first beam frames are used for
  • the S110 multiplexes the ISS phase in the SLS phase in the prior art, and is used to train the transmitting sector of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the method 100 may refer to the device that initiates the beam training first.
  • the initiating device may be the AP/PCP in FIG. 1 or may be the STA in the figure; the corresponding responding device refers to the responding initiating device.
  • the peer end for example, when the initiating device is an AP/PCP as shown in FIG. 1, the responding device may be a STA as shown in FIG. 1; When the device is an STA as shown in FIG. 1, the response device may be an AP/PCP as shown in FIG. 1, or may also be an STA in the figure.
  • the initiating device acquires the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device.
  • the response device has multiple receiving RF channels, and multiple receiving RF channels can receive at the same time, improving the efficiency of beam training.
  • the initiating device determines the number of N first beam frames, that is, the specific value of N, according to the number of received radio channels of the obtained response device, and saves resources for beam training.
  • the responding device can indicate the number of receiving radio channels by receiving a field of the number of radio channels.
  • the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device is directly indicated by 2 bits; or the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device is 1 by 1 bit or the number of receiving radio channels is equal to the number of receiving antennas.
  • the initiating device obtains the number of the receiving radio channel of the responding device, and may carry the number of receiving radio channel information by using a reserved bit in the STA Capability Information field in the initial stage; or in the beam control field.
  • the BF control is carried in the reserved bits, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the initiating device in the prior art can obtain the total number of transmitting sectors of its own and the number of receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device determines the number of N first beam frames according to the total number of transmitting sectors, the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device, and the number of receiving antennas. That is, the value of N.
  • the initiating device determines the total number of transmitting sectors according to the number of transmitting antennas and the number of transmitting sectors included in each transmitting antenna, and obtains the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas according to the obtained receiving device.
  • the quotient may be referred to as a first quotient, and the number of N first beam frames is equal to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device Take the first quotient.
  • the number of N first beam frames determined by the initiating device is equal to the total number of self-transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the N first beam frames may multiplex the structure of the SSW frame in the IEEE 802.11ad, or may be a beacon frame, or adopt a better SSW frame structure, such as short beam scanning (Short Sector scanning)
  • the SWeep, SSSW) packet is used to save the beam training overhead, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the number of N first beam frames determined by the initiating device may also be referred to as the total number of sectors of the initiating device, and may be through the total sectors in the SSW frame or the SSW feedback field in the beacon frame.
  • the value of the subfield is represented.
  • the i-th first beam frame includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the i-th first beam frame and transmits the first beam frame.
  • the identifier of the sector such that the responding device can determine the quality of the transmitting sector of the corresponding initiating device according to the identifier information included in the received first beam frame.
  • the initiating device may send each of the N first beam frames one by one to the responding device. Specifically, the initiating device sends each of the N first beam frames one by one to the responding device by using each of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the transmitting device, that is, the initiating device transmits only one transmission at a time.
  • the sector transmits a first beam frame without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of first beam frames through a plurality of transmitting sectors, the first beam frame including an identifier of a transmitting sector transmitting the first beam frame, and the transmitting sector The identifier of the antenna where it is located.
  • the transmitting antenna can be trained at the same time, but when the number of elements of the transmitting antenna is relatively large, an analog to digital converter (Analog to Digital Convertor) is used as a response device of the receiver.
  • the ADC limits the dynamic range obtained by the receiver. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the plurality of transmitting antennas of the initiating device can be trained simultaneously by the dynamic range of the receiver.
  • the transmitting sector of the initiating device sends a signal to the receiving sector of the responding device, and the responding device may determine a signal to noise ratio (SNR) of the signal transmitted by the transmitting sector to the receiving sector, and may also respond according to the response.
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • the ADC of the device determines the dynamic range of the response device.
  • the difference value of the SNR of the signals of different transmitting sectors is smaller than the dynamic range of the responding device, and the difference between the two meets the engineering margin, the different transmitting sectors may Train at the same time, otherwise you will not be able to train at the same time.
  • the SNR of the signal of the transmitting sector is related to both the antenna gain and the channel quality. Therefore, it can be determined whether the transmitting antenna can be trained at the same time by considering the difference between the antenna gain of the transmitting antenna and the dynamic range of the responding device.
  • the gain obtained by the transmitting antenna may be 10*log10(N)dBi.
  • the ADC as the response device of the receiver generally adopts a 6-bit ADC, that is, the dynamic range of the response device is small, so that the dynamic range of the response device cannot be satisfied, and the dynamic range is larger than the antenna gain, that is, the response device cannot be satisfied.
  • the dynamic range is larger than the difference of the SNR of the signals of different transmitting sectors, so that different transmitting RF channels cannot be connected to different transmitting antennas for simultaneous transmitting beam training.
  • the initiating device may send each of the first beam frames of the N first beam frames one by one by using a transmitting sector, that is, without performing simultaneous training of multiple beams, separately training multiple beams, and the response device may In a quasi-omnidirectional manner, multiple RF channels are used to simultaneously receive the first beam frame sent by the initiating device.
  • the initiating device sends N first beam frames to the responding device, and the responding device determines the quality of the transmitting sector of the initiating device according to the antenna identifier and the sector identifier included in the received first beam frame.
  • the responding device may determine the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device to the receiving sector, so that the initiating device determines the subsequent transmission according to the SNR of the transmitted signal of the optimal transmitting sector.
  • Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) of the frame structure for example, the initiator may determine the subsequent transmission MCS of the BRP frame for feedback information according to the SNR, or may also send the subsequent training beam according to the SNR.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the initiator may determine the subsequent transmission MCS of the BRP frame for feedback information according to the SNR, or may also send the subsequent training beam according to the SNR.
  • Format of the training field in the BRP packet further reducing the channel estimation field in the suffix training field (Channel Estimation, CE) overhead, improve the efficiency of beam training.
  • CE Channel Estimation
  • the responding device may further determine a quality of the receiving sector of the receiving antenna of the responding device according to the N first beam frames.
  • the training of the receiving sector of the response device can be performed in the subsequent BRP phase.
  • the S120 multiplexes the RSS phase in the SLS phase of the prior art and can be used to train the transmit sector of the responding device.
  • the responding device acquires the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device may have a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels, and the responding device determines the number of the M second beam frames, that is, the specific value of the M, according to the obtained number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device may notify the responding device of the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas, and the responding device determines the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device divided by the number of receiving radio channels, and the quotient may be referred to as a second quotient.
  • the response device multiplies the total number of transmission sectors of the at least one transmitting antenna of its own by the second quotient, that is, the value of the number M of the M second beam frames.
  • the at least one transmitting antenna of the responding device may refer to all transmitting antennas of the responding device, and may also refer to a partial transmitting antenna of the responding device.
  • the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels
  • the number of the M second beam frames determined by the responding device is equal to the total number of the transmitting devices of the responding device.
  • the initiating device sends N first beam frames to the responding device, which can be used to determine the quality of the receiving sector of the responding device
  • the quality of the receiving antenna of the responding device can be determined, for example, the responding device includes multiple receiving For the RF channel, the responding device can determine a plurality of preferred receiving antennas correspondingly.
  • the response device determines the number of second beam frames, The responding device multiplies the total number of transmitting sectors of its own multiple transmitting antennas by the number of transmitting device receiving antennas divided by the number of received radio frequency channels.
  • the number of transmitting radio channels is equal to the number of receiving radio channels.
  • the preferred receiving antenna of the responding device is the preferred transmitting antenna, and the responding device only needs to train the transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas, that is, the responding device.
  • M is equal to the total number of transmit sectors of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the responding device multiplied by the second quotient.
  • the M second beam frames may be used to multiplex the structure of the SSW frame in the IEEE 802.11ad, or adopt a better SSW frame structure.
  • the SSSW packet may also be scanned for the short beam to save the beam training overhead.
  • Embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the jth second beam frame includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the jth second beam frame, and sends the jth
  • the identifier of the transmitting sector of the two-beam frame is such that the initiating device can determine the quality of the transmitting sector of the corresponding responding device according to the identifier information included in the received second beam frame.
  • the responding device may send each of the M second beam frames to the initiating device one by one.
  • the responding device transmits each of the M second beam frames to the initiating device one by one through each of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the transmitting device, that is, the responding device passes one transmitting fan at a time.
  • the area transmits a second beam frame without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of second beam frames through the plurality of transmitting sectors, the second beam frame including an identifier of a transmitting sector transmitting the second beam frame and an antenna where the transmitting sector is located Logo.
  • the responding device may send each second beam frame of the M second beam frames one by one by using the transmitting sector, and the initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner, and simultaneously receive the sending by the responding device by using multiple radio frequency channels. Second beam frame.
  • the response device determines the quality of the transmitting sector of the initiating device according to the N first beam frames, and may transmit the determined quality result to the initiating device through the M second beam frames.
  • the responding device determines, according to the N first beam frames, the quality of the multiple transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and may further send, by using the M second beam frames, the identifiers of the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and The identity of the antenna where each preferred transmit sector is located.
  • the information of the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device is generally carried in the SSW Feedback field.
  • the SSW Feedback field has only 7 reserved bits, and is not enough to transmit multiple transmit antenna identifiers and multiple transmit sector identifiers. Therefore, the preferred side
  • the response device may determine, according to the N first beam frames, an optimal transmission sector among the multiple transmission sectors of the initiating device, where each second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes the initiating device. An identifier of the optimal transmitting sector and an identifier of the antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located, so that the initiating device can determine its own optimal transmitting sector according to the second beam frame.
  • the M second beam frames sent by the responding device include an identifier of an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, and may further include an SNR of an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device determines the responding device according to the M second beam frames.
  • At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna.
  • the S130 is located in the SSW Feedback phase in the SLS phase, and is used to initiate the device to feed back the preferred transmitting sector of the responding device to the responding device.
  • the MCS of the first feedback information may be determined according to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device carried by the second beam frame, and according to the The MCS of the feedback information determines the first feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is located at a higher MCS, and is more suitable for carrying more information. If the transmission format of the existing SSW Feedback frame, that is, MCS0, is maintained, a preferred manner is that the initiating device only feeds back the identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device and the identifier of the antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located through the first feedback information. . If the SSW Feedback phase employs a transmission format above MCS0, the first feedback information may indicate a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device receives second feedback information sent by the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device.
  • the number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the S140 may be located in the SSW Ack phase in the SLS phase, that is, after the ISS and RSS training is completed, the responding device feeds back the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device to the initiating device, and, S130 and S140, may also be recovered.
  • SSW Feedback and SSW Ack phases in the prior art it is mutually negotiated whether there is a MID and BC phase through the BRP Request field in the feedback information.
  • S130 and S140 may also be carried by the BRP frame after the SLS phase ends.
  • the responding device may determine the SNR according to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device carried in the received first feedback information.
  • the MCS of the feedback information determines the second feedback information according to the MCS of the second feedback information.
  • the response device determines, according to the first feedback information, an SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device and the optimal transmitting sector, and sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector, where the The two feedback information is used to indicate a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device.
  • a preferred manner is that the initiating device only feeds back the identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device and the identifier of the antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located through the first feedback information. Similarly, the responding device only feeds back the identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device and the identifier of the antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located through the second feedback information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides the following manners to carry the identifiers of the multiple preferred transmitting sectors and the preferred transmitting antennas, and the initiating device may send the first feedback information, where the first feedback information carries multiple transmissions of the responding device.
  • the identifier of the sector and the plurality of transmit antennas may be sent by the responding device, where the second feedback information carries the identifiers of the multiple transmit sectors of the initiating device and the multiple transmit antennas.
  • the following is an example in which the initiating device feeds back the first feedback information to the responding device.
  • the second feedback information that the responding device sends back to the initiating device is similar to the first feedback information, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first feedback information that is sent by the initiating device to the responder may also be used to multiplex the format of the SSW Feedback frame in the IEEE 802.11ad, that is, the initiating device feeds the multiple responding devices by using multiple SSW Feedback frames.
  • the transmitting sector uses an interframe space between each SSW Feedback frame. For example, if the transmitting antenna transmits the multiple SSW Feedback frames, that is, through multiple antenna feedback, the LBIFS interval may be adopted; if the antenna is not changed, With the same antenna feedback, the SBIFS interval can be used.
  • a preferred mode initiating device adopts an optimal transmitting sector first feedback information of an optimal transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the response device adopts an optimal transmitting antenna of the response device.
  • Optimal transmit sector second feedback information In order to improve the efficiency of the first feedback information and the second transmission information, a preferred mode initiating device adopts an optimal transmitting sector first feedback information of an optimal transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the response device adopts an optimal transmitting antenna of the response device.
  • Optimal transmit sector second feedback information In order to improve the efficiency of the first feedback information and the second transmission information, a preferred mode initiating device adopts an optimal transmitting sector first feedback information of an optimal transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the response device adopts an optimal transmitting antenna of the response device.
  • Optimal transmit sector second feedback information In order to improve the efficiency of the first feedback information and the second transmission information, a preferred mode initiating device adopts an optimal transmitting sector first feedback information of an optimal transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the response device adopts an optimal transmit
  • channel Channel Measurement Feedback in IEEE 802.11ad already supports feedback of multiple sectors, since multiple sectors here are multiple sector identifiers of the same antenna, it is not possible to distinguish which antenna sector.
  • multiple antenna identifiers and sector identifiers sent to the same responder may be carried by a new feedback format, such as a Multiple SSW Feedback frame, or multiple times sent to the same initiator.
  • Antenna identification and sector identification may be of two types. One is to only feedback the number of antennas and the number of sectors in each antenna. Then, after each antenna identifier, there is no need to repeat the indication antenna identifier; the other is an indication. The total number of sectors to be fed back, then each sector needs to carry the antenna identification and sector identification.
  • each preferred transmitting antenna is the same, and for each preferred transmitting antenna, only one transmitting antenna is fed back.
  • Table 1 below is taken as an example to illustrate that three preferred transmit antennas are to be fed back, namely antenna 1, antenna 3 and antenna 4; each antenna feeds back four preferred transmit sectors, which can be as shown in Table 1.
  • the frame structure feedback preferably has a transmit antenna and preferably a transmit sector.
  • the number of preferred transmission sectors included in each of the preferred transmit antennas may be represented by the first three bits B0-B2, that is, B0-B2 indicates that each of the preferred transmit antennas includes 8 Preferred transmit sectors; B3 to B4 are used to indicate preferred transmit antennas, i.e., preferred transmit antennas representing the next eight preferred transmit sectors, such as antenna 1; B5 through B10 may correspond to a preferred transmit fan of a preferred transmit antenna.
  • the identity of the zone, such as B3 to B4 feedback preferably one of the preferred transmit sectors of the transmit antenna 1; B11-B18 is used to feed back the SNR of the preferred transmit sector of B5 to B10; and so on, then B19 to B24 continue to correspond to the transmit antenna
  • the remaining preferred transmit sectors in 1, the corresponding B25 to B32 are used to feed back the SNR of the transmit sector indicated in B19-B24 until the table Having shown the SNR of the four preferred transmit sectors and preferably the transmit sectors in antenna 1, the SNR of the four preferred transmit sectors and the preferred
  • each sector needs to carry an antenna identifier and a sector identifier.
  • the total number of transmitting sectors requiring feedback may be indicated by B0-B5, that is, B0-B5 indicates the number of preferred transmitting sectors 32; B6-B11 indicates the identifier of one of the 32 preferred transmitting sectors.
  • B12-B13 denotes the identity of the antenna where the preferred transmitting sector indicated by B12-B13, B14-B21 denotes the SNR of the preferred transmitting sector indicated by B12-B13, and so on, B22-B27, B28-B29 and B30- B37 then corresponds to another preferred transmitting sector, respectively, until all 32 preferred transmitting sectors are identified as complete.
  • an identifier indicating the antenna where the sector is located needs to be indicated, but the number of preferred transmitting sectors per antenna is not limited and may be the same. , can also be different.
  • the response device may determine the quality of the transmitting sector of the initiating device according to the N first beam frames, but in the first feedback information, only the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device is fed back to the initiating device, and the other is Preferably, the measurement results of the transmitting sector are saved to facilitate feeding back a plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors to the initiating device in the subsequent BRP phase.
  • the initiating device may determine the quality of the transmitting sector of the responding device according to the M second beam frames, or may feed back a part of the preferred transmitting sector of the responding device through the second feedback frame, for example, the optimal transmitting of the responding device.
  • the sectors are saved in response to the results of other preferred transmitting sectors of the device to facilitate feedback to the responding device of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas and the plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the responding device in the subsequent BRP phase.
  • the method for training a beam in the SU-MIMO technology is directed to a beam frame transmitted by the initiating device and the responding device for the SU-MIMO application scenario.
  • the transmitting sector of the device and the responding device are trained to obtain a plurality of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the SLS phase can perform the transmit beam and the receive beam training of the initiating device and the responding device, wherein the transmit beam of the initiating device passes the Transmit Sector Sweep (TXSS) process in the ISS process. Training, and the receive beam is trained through the Receive Sector Sweep (RXSS) process during the ISS. Similarly, the transmit beam of the responding device is trained through the TXSS process in the RSS process, and the receive beam is trained through the RXSS process in the RSS process.
  • TXSS Transmit Sector Sweep
  • RXSS Receive Sector Sweep
  • a typical way is to include the TXSS training of the ISS and the TXSS process of the RSS in the SLS phase, and the RXSS process is performed in the BRP phase with higher training efficiency
  • the embodiment of the present invention also uses this as
  • the ISS in the SLS phase performs TXSS training
  • the TXSS process in the RSS and the RXSS process is performed in the BRP phase with higher training efficiency.
  • the MID can implement the receiving beam training of the responding device and the initiating device, where The receive beam training of the device is called the I-MID phase, and the receive beam training of the response device is called the R-MID.
  • the case of MIMO and SISO is different, and the BRP phase is no longer an option.
  • the MID/BC phase becomes a mandatory mode in the MIMO scenario from the selectable mode of the SISO mode.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flow diagram of a method 200 of training a beam in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 200 is still applied in a SU-MIMO scenario, ie for beam training between a single initiating device and a single responding device.
  • the method 200 may correspond to the SLS phase and the BRP phase in the prior art.
  • the method 200 specifically includes:
  • the initiating device sends N first beam frames to the responding device, where the number of the N first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device.
  • the number of antennas is determined, and the i-th first beam frame of the N first beam frames includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, where the N first beam frames are used for
  • the initiating device receives M second beam frames sent by the responding device, where the M The number of the two beam frames is determined by the responding device according to the number of transmitting sectors of the at least one transmitting antenna of the responding device, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, where the M second beam frames are
  • the jth second beam frame includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the jth second beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, and an optimality of the initiating device determined by the responding device according to the N first beam frames
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device determines the responding device according to the M second beam frames.
  • At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna.
  • the initiating device receives second feedback information sent by the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device.
  • the number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • S201 to S204 in the method 200 respectively correspond to S110-S140 in the method 100, and details are not described herein again.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame, where the at least one third beam frame is used by the responding device to determine multiple preferred receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device and the responding device only perform training of the transmitting sector, and no training of the receiving sector is performed.
  • the S205 is located in the MID and BC phase of the BRP phase, and is used to determine between a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device. P combinations of correspondences.
  • the combined correspondence determined here is not only a combination of a transmitting antenna of the initiating device and a receiving antenna of the responding device.
  • a combination of multiple transmit antennas of the initiating device and multiple receive antennas of the responding device is not only a combination of a transmitting antenna of the initiating device and a receiving antenna of the responding device.
  • SISO phase initiator and ring
  • the applicant can negotiate Nbeam (I, TX), Nbeam (I, RX) to determine that the BC phase includes the initiator to send Nbeam (I, TX) BRP-RX frames, each BRP-RX will carry the fan used by the transmitting antenna.
  • the zone is identified, and each BRP-RX is suffixed with the TRN-R subfield of Nbeam(I, RX). Since the optimal transmit antenna has been uniquely determined through the SLS phase, the BRP packet does not need to carry the transmit antenna identity.
  • each BRP-RX packet carries a transmission sector identifier in addition to the order of the TRN subfield. It is also necessary to carry the transmit antenna identification. In addition, the feedback is different from the prior art SISO technology.
  • the transmit sector identifier cannot be obtained only through the sequence relationship of the TRN subfield, and the transmit antenna identifier corresponding to the transmit sector needs to be obtained through the transmit antenna identifier carried in the BRP-RX packet. And feeding back a combination of multiple transmit sectors on multiple transmit antennas.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, where the at least one third beam frame may be used to directly determine the response device.
  • the at least one third beam frame may also be used only to determine a preferred receiving sector of the responding device, that is, a corresponding MID phase
  • the initiating device sends at least one fourth beam frame to the responding device.
  • the at least one fourth beam frame is configured to determine, by the response device, a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, that is, the corresponding BC phase.
  • the responding device determines, according to the at least one third beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device. P combination correspondence between the two.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using each of its preferred transmitting sectors, and the number of the at least one third beam frame may be equal to the number of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device. That is, the initiating device sends a third beam frame through a preferred transmit antenna, and the third beam frame includes an identifier of the antenna that transmits the third beam frame.
  • the third beam frame may be a BRP frame, and the identifier of the sector in which the third beam frame is sent may not be included in the third beam frame, and the sector is carried by the sequence relationship of the TRN subfield in the BRP packet. Identifying, but only including the identity of the antenna transmitting the third beam frame, the initiating device transmitting the third beam frame through the preferred transmitting sector of its preferred transmitting antenna. The responding device receives the third beam frame sent by the initiating device through its own receiving sector, thereby determining the ringing A P-type combination correspondence between a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the third beam frame may be a BRP frame, including an identifier of multiple antennas that send the third beam frame, and the initiating device sends the third beam frame by using a preferred transmit sector of its preferred transmit antenna.
  • the responding device receives the third beam frame sent by the initiating device through its own receiving sector, thereby determining a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device includes two transmitting radio frequency channels and four transmitting antennas, and two antennas are determined as the preferred transmitting antenna according to the number of transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the two preferred ones may be determined according to the second feedback information fed back by the response device.
  • the responding device may also select a preferred receiving antenna according to antenna reciprocity. Specifically, according to the number of receiving radio frequency channels, it is required to determine that two antennas are preferred receiving antennas, and the responding device may determine the preferred transmitting antenna of the responding device according to the first feedback information fed back by the initiating device, and then determine two according to the reciprocity of the antenna.
  • the initiating device or the responding device may be trained on a radio frequency channel by using the radio channel.
  • the plurality of transmitting RF channels of the initiating device only train one at a time, and the receiving RF channel of the corresponding responding device also adopts a method of receiving one by one. Training, or the response device uses multiple receiving RF channels for simultaneous training; or, when multiple transmitting RF channels of the initiating device are simultaneously trained, the receiving RF channels of the responding devices are trained one by one.
  • the initiating device and the responding device may also train the beam combination in a manner of simultaneous training, that is, the multiple transmitting radio channels of the initiating device simultaneously send the third beam frame for training, and the multiple receiving radio channels of the responding device Also receive at the same time.
  • the responding device first determines the preferred receiving sector according to the third beam frame, and then determines the plurality of preferred receiving fans of the responding device according to the fourth beam frame.
  • the initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional transmission manner, and send at least one third beam frame to the responding device, where the responding device receives the at least one third beam frame through its own receiving sector, thereby At least one third beam frame determines a preferred receiving sector of the responding device.
  • the initiating device transmits at least one fourth beam frame to the responding device through each of its preferred transmitting sectors, and the responding device receives the at least one fourth beam frame through its preferred receiving sector, so that the responding device can
  • the at least one fourth beam frame determines a P combination correspondence between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device may send the at least one third beam to the responding device in a quasi-omnidirectional transmission manner, so that the responding device determines the preferred receiving antenna of the responding device according to the at least one third beam frame in the MID phase.
  • a preferred receiving sector of each preferred receiving antenna wherein the number of received radio frequency channels of the responding device is equal to the preferred number of receiving antennas, and it is assumed herein that each preferred receiving antenna includes a number of preferred receiving sectors that are Nbeam ( I, RX), and the responding device may indicate, by using the third feedback information sent to the initiating device, that the number of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device is Nbeam(I, RX), optionally If the number of preferred receiving sectors included in each preferred receiving antenna of the responding device is not equal, the third feedback information is used to indicate a maximum number of preferred sectors included in the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • Nbeam (I, RX) In the case of MIMO, multiple receiving channels can be trained at the same time. Therefore, when training multiple combinations, only the maximum number of preferred sectors included in the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device need to be indicated Nbeam (I, RX) ), whichever is the maximum.
  • the initiating device may determine that each transmit radio frequency channel transmits Nbeam (I , TX) BRP-RX frames, ie at least one fourth beam A frame, and each BRP-RX frame carries an identifier of the preferred transmit sector and the antenna of the preferred transmit sector.
  • the number of preferred receiving sectors includes Nbeam(I, RX)
  • each BRP-RX frame further includes Nbeam(I, RX) TRN-R subfields.
  • the plurality of beam combinations are trained such that the responding device obtains between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device P combinations of correspondences.
  • the initiating device includes two transmitting radio frequency channels and four transmitting antennas, and two antennas are determined as the preferred transmitting antenna according to the number of transmitting radio frequency channels, and optionally, according to the feedback of the response device.
  • the response device if the response device includes two receiving RF channels and five receiving antennas, for the MID phase, the preferred receiving antenna of the responding device needs to be trained.
  • the initiating device may send the at least one third beam to the responding device in a quasi-omnidirectional transmission manner, so that the responding device determines the preferred receiving antenna of the responding device and each of the preferred receiving antennas according to the at least one third beam frame.
  • the receiving sector wherein the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device is 2, then two preferred receiving antennas may be determined correspondingly, and it is assumed here that each preferred receiving antenna includes a number of preferred receiving sectors of 4, and
  • the responding device may indicate, by using the third feedback information sent to the initiating device, that the number of preferred receiving sectors among the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device is 4.
  • each preferred receiving antenna of the responding device includes unequal number of preferred receiving sectors, for example, the preferred receiving sectors of the two preferred receiving antennas of the responding device are 2 and 4, respectively.
  • the three feedback information is used to indicate a maximum number of preferred sectors 4 included in the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device or the responding device may be trained on a radio frequency channel by one, that is, initiating Multiple transmit RF channels of the device are trained at a time
  • the receiving RF channel of the corresponding responding device is also trained one by one, or the responding device uses multiple receiving RF channels to train at the same time; or, when the multiple transmitting RF channels of the initiating device use simultaneous training, the response
  • the receiving RF channel of the device is trained one by one.
  • the initiating device and the responding device may also train the beam combination in a manner of simultaneous training, that is, the multiple transmitting radio channels of the initiating device simultaneously send the third beam frame for training, and the multiple receiving radio channels of the responding device Also receive at the same time.
  • the initiating device includes a plurality of preferred transmissions.
  • An antenna, and the number of the priority transmitting antennas is equal to the number of transmitting radio channels of the initiating device, and each preferred transmitting antenna further includes at least one preferred transmitting sector, that is, the initiating device may include multiple preferred transmitting sectors;
  • the response device includes a plurality of preferred receiving antennas, and the number of the priority receiving antennas is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels of the responding device, and each preferred receiving antenna further includes at least one preferred receiving sector, that is, the responding device may include multiple preferred Receiving a sector, the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device are in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device, and then the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving fans of the responding device may be obtained.
  • the initiating device receives the first indication information sent by the responding device, and the initiating device determines, according to the first indication information, P preferred transmitting sector combinations of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence, the P combination A combined correspondence in the correspondence includes a combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the originating device and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding responding device.
  • the responding device may determine a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device, and send the first indication information to the initiating device,
  • the P pieces of preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device are indicated by the first indication information, and the P preferred transmit sector combinations correspond to P kinds of combined correspondences.
  • the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device are included, and the P combinations of the corresponding correspondences include a combination of P preferred transmission sectors of the device, the response device indicating the initiating device by the first indication information
  • the P preferred transmit sector combination feedback includes a combination of optimal sector identifiers of the plurality of transmit antennas, and an antenna identifier corresponding to the transmit antenna sector combination.
  • the S205 and S206 perform the process of beam pair training, and the RF channels of the initiating device and the responding device can be simultaneously trained to obtain the P type combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device may also perform training one by one through each transmitting radio channel.
  • the responding device may also separately measure the channel quality corresponding to each radio channel, and according to predetermined criteria, such as SINR criterion or channel capacity maximum criterion, The channel matrix at MIMO is determined.
  • the dimension of the channel matrix is the number of received RF channels multiplied by the number of transmitted RF channels. Since the response device can determine the P combination correspondence between the initiating device and the responding device, P channel matrices can be obtained correspondingly.
  • the responding device feeds back the combination of the P preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device to the initiating device by using the first indication information, and also feeds back channel state information (CSI), that is, feedback, to the initiating device by using the first indication information.
  • CSI channel state information
  • Channel matrix in the case of MIMO.
  • the corresponding response device also measures the channel quality corresponding to each radio channel, that is, the foregoing CSI is a response device according to the initiating device.
  • Each of the receiving RF channels and each receiving RF channel of the response device is determined separately, which is inconsistent with the actual MIMO application. Therefore, it is necessary to continue to perform S207, and continue to determine the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors and response devices of the initiating device. Beam matching is performed on the P combinations of the preferred receiving sectors to obtain the optimal combination correspondence between the CSI and the P combinations in the MIMO case.
  • the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving fans of the responding device may be determined without continuing to perform S207.
  • the channel bandwidth of MIMO is larger than the channel bandwidth of the SISO scenario.
  • the beam training process in which the P-type combined correspondence is performed by the BRP frame in the above steps it can be performed on a single channel.
  • the training field can save beam training overhead if sent on a single channel.
  • MID and BC since the initiating device in the MID adopts quasi-omnidirectional transmission, frequency selectivity is not a main factor, and focusing on one channel transmission can improve the power spectral density of beam training and improve beam training.
  • the SNR and the upper beam training resources of other channels can be saved.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a BRP packet according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the short training field (STF) is used to obtain packet synchronization and receive gain control;
  • the CE field is used to estimate the channel;
  • the Header part is used to describe the data transmission mode, and the Header part may include a legacy head (legacy-Header).
  • the header of IEEE 802.11ad also known as DMG header
  • the header part also includes the newly added IEEE 802.11ay header, which can also be called EDMG (Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit) header (EDMG header).
  • EDMG Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit
  • the BRP packet further includes two parts of the EDMG STF and the EDMG CE added for the broadband transmission, and a data part, and the data part is used to carry the parameters of the BRP phase training, the first-level feedback result, and the like.
  • the TRN subfield of the suffix is used for beam training.
  • the SC Training field represents a single channel training field for beam training.
  • the beam training process of the BRP packets in S205 and S206 adopts a single channel training mode, that is, the training field occupies part of the channel, and the training field occupies less channel bandwidth than the data channel.
  • the digital precoding matrix in the digital domain, especially the system modulated by the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) technology
  • each subcarrier can be set with different digital precoding, so according to the practical application.
  • training needs to be performed on the multi-channel bandwidth, that is, in the beam training, the training field occupies the same channel bandwidth as the data field.
  • the BRP needs to continue to perform S207, and the training field is occupied by the multi-channel training field, and the corresponding channel matrix and channel state information are obtained.
  • the initiating device performs beam pair training with the responding device, and determines an optimal combination correspondence between the P combinations of the preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sectors of the responding device.
  • the initiating device may determine P preferred transmit sector combinations (Tx1, Tx2, . . . , TxP) of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence according to the first indication information sent by the responding device.
  • the initiating device sends the first request information to the responding device, where the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training, and the responding device may determine, according to the first request information, the responding device in the P combination correspondence relationship.
  • P preferred receive sector combinations Rx1, Rx2, .., RxP
  • the response device may include multiple receive radio frequency channels, then the P preferred ones determined by the response device
  • any one of the P combination relationships includes: a preferred transmit sector combination Rxi of the P preferred receive sector combinations of the response device, and corresponding P preferred transmit fans of the initiating device.
  • the combined correspondence between the transmission sector combinations Txi is preferably selected in the zone combination.
  • the initiating device simultaneously sends at least one fifth beam frame to the responding device by using multiple transmitting radio frequency channels of the initiating device, where The at least one fifth beam frame may be as shown in FIG.
  • the data field portion may include an identifier Txi of the preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the fifth beam frame, or may also include a corresponding identifier Rxi of the preferred receiving sector of the responding device, to facilitate Determining, by the responding device, an optimal combination in a P combination of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device according to the identifier in the at least one fifth beam frame
  • the channel state information is used to indicate the optimal combination correspondence Matrix
  • the optimum correspondence relationship refers to the combination of a correspondence between a combination of the reception sector in response to the initiating device emitting apparatus and a corresponding sector combination Txi Rxi, at least one fifth of the frame beam BRP frame.
  • the initiating device adopts a manner in which multiple transmitting radio channels are simultaneously trained, that is, a manner in which multiple antennas are simultaneously trained, and the initiating device may transmit the training packets through the corresponding multiple sectors by using a code division manner.
  • the training field of the code division transmitting multiple antennas may be sent by different antennas using different orthogonal training fields at the same time; different antennas may be used with different orthogonal masks, and the same training field may be simultaneously transmitted;
  • the combination of the cross mask and the orthogonal sequence enables simultaneous transmission of multiple transmit antennas.
  • the transmitting and receiving antennas at this time use a better transmitting beam, there is no longer a situation in which the dynamic range of the receiver exceeds.
  • the responding device may, according to the at least one fifth beam frame, determine the optimal combination correspondence relationship and the channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, and may feed back the optimal combination correspondence relationship to the initiating device.
  • Channel status information may be used to determine the optimal combination correspondence relationship and the channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, and may feed back the optimal combination correspondence relationship to the initiating device.
  • the transmitting sector and the responding device of the initiating device are connected in the same manner as described above.
  • the training process of receiving the sector and the combined correspondence between the two may also perform a training process of the receiving sector of the initiating device and the transmitting sector of the responding device, and the combined correspondence between the two, that is, executing S208 To S210.
  • the response device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, where the at least one sixth beam frame is a BRP frame.
  • the initiating device determines, according to the at least one sixth beam frame, A Q-type combination correspondence between a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device.
  • the initiating device and the responding device only perform training of the transmitting sector, and no training of the receiving sector is performed.
  • the S208 can reuse the MID and BC phases of the BRP phase in the prior art, and is used to determine a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device and multiple preferences of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device. The Q combination correspondence between the transmitting sectors.
  • the initiating device may feed back, to the responding device, a plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors, and similarly, the responding device also feeds back the initiating device to the initiating device.
  • the responding device sends at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device, and the at least one sixth beam frame may be used by the initiating device to directly determine the responding device.
  • the Q combination of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device, that is, S208 may correspond to the case of MID-BC phase combination; alternatively, the S208 may also be divided into Two separate phases, MID and BC, the at least one sixth beam frame may also be used only to determine a preferred receiving sector of the initiating device, that is, a corresponding MID phase, and the responding device sends at least one seventh beam frame to the initiating device.
  • the at least one seventh beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine a Q combination correspondence between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device, that is, the corresponding BC phase.
  • this step S208 corresponds to S205, that is, both determine the combined correspondence between the preferred receiving sector and the preferred transmitting sector.
  • the training in S208 regarding the preferred transmitting sector of the responding device may correspond to the training of the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device in S205; the training in the preferred receiving sector of the initiating device in S208 and the preference of the responding device in S205 in S208
  • the training of the receiving sector corresponds to it, and will not be described here.
  • the initiating device sends the second indication information to the responding device, and the responding device determines, according to the second indication information, the Q preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device in the Q combination correspondence.
  • a combination correspondence of the Q combination correspondences includes a preferred transmission sector combination of the Q preferred transmission sector combinations of the response device and a preferred reception sector combination of the corresponding initiating device The corresponding correspondence.
  • the correspondence includes a one-to-one correspondence between the plurality of preferred transmission sectors of the response device and the plurality of preferred reception sectors of the initiating device, and then Q
  • the combined correspondence corresponds to the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device and the Q preferred receive zone combinations of the initiating device, and the initiating device indicates the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device by the second indication information.
  • the above S208 and S209 perform the process of beam pair training, and the RF channels of the initiating device and the responding device can also be trained in the same manner to obtain the above-mentioned Q combinations.
  • the responding device can also perform training one by one through each transmitting radio frequency channel.
  • the initiating device can also separately measure the channel quality corresponding to each radio frequency channel, and determine the channel matrix in the MIMO according to a predetermined criterion. The dimension of the channel matrix is the number of received RF channels multiplied by the number of transmitted RF channels. Since the initiating device can determine the Q combination correspondence between the initiating device and the responding device, the Q channel matrices can be obtained correspondingly.
  • the initiating device feeds back the combination of the Q preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device to the responding device by using the second indication information, and also feeds back the CSI to the responding device by using the second indication information, that is, the channel matrix in the case of feeding back MIMO.
  • the initiating device separately measures the channel quality corresponding to each radio frequency channel, that is, the foregoing CSI is used by the initiating device according to the responding device.
  • Each of the transmitting RF channel and each receiving RF channel of the initiating device is determined separately, which is inconsistent with the actual MIMO application situation. Therefore, it is necessary to continue to perform S210, and continue to use the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors and the initiating device of the determined responding device. Beam matching is performed on the Q combinations of the preferred receiving sectors to obtain the optimal combined correspondence between the CSI and the Q combinations in the MIMO case.
  • the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device and the plurality of preferred receiving devices of the initiating device may be directly determined without continuing to perform S210.
  • the sixth beam frame and the seventh beam frame Can be a BRP frame.
  • the training field can be sent on a single channel, that is, the channel bandwidth of the training field is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field.
  • training needs to be performed on the bandwidth of multiple channels, that is, in the beam training, the channel bandwidth occupied by the training field is equal to the data domain. Therefore, in the beam training process of S208 and S209, after the BRP frame is trained in the single channel training mode, the S210 needs to continue to perform the training by occupying the multi-channel training field, and obtain the corresponding channel matrix and channel state information.
  • the initiating device and the responding device perform beam pair training on the determined Q type combination correspondence, and determine an optimal combination in a P type combination relationship between the preferred transmitting sector of the responding device and the preferred receiving sector of the initiating device. Correspondence relationship.
  • the initiating device may determine Q preferred receiving sector combinations (Rx1, Rx2, .., RxP) of the initiating device in the Q combination correspondence, for example, the initiating device may include multiple receiving radio frequency channels, and then the initiating device
  • the initiating device may send the second request information to the responding device, where the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training, and the device may determine the Q type combination correspondence according to the second indication information sent by the initiating device.
  • any one of the Q combination relationships includes: a preferred transmit sector combination Txi of the Q preferred receive sector combinations of the response device, and corresponding Q preferred transmit fans of the initiating device.
  • the combined correspondence between the sector combinations Rxi is preferably received in the zone combination.
  • the responding device sends at least one eighth beam frame to the initiating device through the multiple transmitting radio frequency channels of the responding device, where The at least one eighth beam frame may be as shown in FIG.
  • the data field portion of the frame may include transmitting the eighth wave of each
  • the identifier Txi of the preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device of the bundle frame or may also include the identifier of the combination Rxi of the preferred receiving sector of the originating device, so that the initiating device according to the at least one eighth beam frame, Determining an optimal combination correspondence relationship and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship in a Q type combination correspondence relationship between a plurality of preferred transmission sectors of the response device and a plurality of preferred reception sectors of the initiating device And the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combination correspondence, where the optimal combination correspondence relationship is between the transmitting sector combination Txi of the responding device and the corresponding receiving sector combination Rxi of the initiating device.
  • the at least one eighth beam frame may be a BRP frame.
  • the initiating device may, according to the at least one eighth beam frame, determine an optimal combination correspondence relationship and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, and may feed back the optimal combination correspondence relationship to the response device.
  • Channel status information may be used to determine an optimal combination correspondence relationship and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, and may feed back the optimal combination correspondence relationship to the response device.
  • the S210 corresponds to S207, that is, the transmitting sector of the responding device in S210 corresponds to the transmitting sector of the initiating device in S20, and the receiving sector of the initiating device in S210 and the receiving sector of the responding device in S20. Correspondingly, it will not be described here.
  • the method for training a beam in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention obtains a preferred transmitting sector and a response device of the initiating device by using a beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • Preferred receiving sector and further training to obtain a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector of the responding device, thereby implementing an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and having multiple receiving radio frequencies
  • the beam pair training process of the channel response device in the SU-MIMO application scenario a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of a response device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and a preferred receiving sector of an initiating device having a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels can also be trained.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for training a beam in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 300 is applied in a MU-MIMO scenario, that is, between a single initiating device and multiple responding devices. Beam training.
  • the method may be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 1.
  • the initiating device may be the AP in FIG. 1
  • the responding device may be an STA.
  • the method 300 may correspond to the SLS phase in the prior art, such as As shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is an example of an initiating device and two responding devices.
  • the method 300 specifically includes:
  • the initiating device sends T first beam frames to the K responding devices, where the number of the T first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and each of the K responding devices.
  • the first wave of the T is determined by the number of receiving RF channels and the number of receiving antennas of the response device
  • the i-th first beam frame in the bundle frame includes an identifier of a transmit antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmit sector, where the T first beam frames are used for the kth of the K response devices
  • the initiating device sends T first beam frames to the first responding device and the second responding device, where the first beam frame is used by the first responding device and the second responding device to determine the initiating device respectively.
  • the quality of the sector is used by the first responding device and the second responding device to determine the initiating device respectively.
  • the S310 multiplexes the ISS phase in the SLS phase in the prior art, and is used for each of the plurality of responding devices to train the transmitting sector of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the method 300 may refer to a device that first initiates beam training.
  • the initiating device may be the AP/PCP in FIG. 1; the corresponding responding device refers to the opposite end of the initiating device, for example, when the initiating device is When the AP/PCP is shown in FIG. 1, the response device may be an STA as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method 300 is applied in a MU-MIMO scenario, ie an interaction between an initiating device and a plurality of responding devices.
  • the number of the responding devices may be one or more, and the specific number of the responding devices may be determined by the initiating device, and the initiating device may indicate the number of responding devices by using multiple bits, for example, the initiating device may A maximum of 8 response devices participate in beam training through 3 bits.
  • the initiating device instructs at least two responding devices to participate in beam training.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates two responding devices as an example, and for more than two responding devices in the MU-MIMO scenario, other The responding device may take any one of the first responding device and the second responding device in FIG. 8 as an example.
  • each responding device may have one or more receiving radio channel numbers and one or more receiving antennas, and multiple receiving radio frequency channels of multiple responding devices may receive at the same time, improving beam training efficiency.
  • the initiating device determines, according to the number of received radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of each of the K responding devices, the maximum ratio of the number of receiving antennas to the number of receiving radio channels in the K responding devices, and according to the ratio The maximum value determines the number of T first beam frames, that is, the specific value of T.
  • each responding device can indicate the number of receiving radio frequency channels by receiving a field of the number of radio frequency channels.
  • the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device is directly indicated by 2 bits; or the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device is 1 by 1 bit or the number of receiving radio channels is equal to The number of antennas received.
  • the initiating device obtains the number of the receiving radio channel of the responding device, and may carry the number of receiving radio channel information by using a reserved bit in the STA Capability Information field in the initial stage; or in the beam control field.
  • the BF control is carried in the reserved bits, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the initiating device in the prior art can obtain the total number of transmitting sectors of its own and the number of receiving antennas of the responding device.
  • the initiating device acquires the number of receiving radio channels of each of the K responding devices, and determines the number of receiving antennas and the number of receiving radio channels in the K responding devices.
  • the maximum value of the ratio the initiating device determines the number of T first beam frames, that is, the value of T, according to the maximum value of the ratio and the total number of transmitting sectors.
  • the initiating device determines the total number of transmitting sectors according to the number of transmitting antennas and the number of transmitting sectors included in each transmitting antenna, and obtains the number of receiving radio channels and the receiving antenna according to the obtained K response device.
  • the number of first beam frames determined by the initiating device is equal to the total number of transmitting sectors of
  • the initiating device shown in FIG. 8 has a total of three transmitting antennas, namely antennas 0, 1, and 2, wherein antenna 0 has 4 sectors, and antenna 1 has 3 sectors, and antenna 2 has 5 sectors.
  • the T first beam frames may multiplex the structure of the SSW frame in the IEEE 802.11ad, or may be a beacon frame, or adopt a better SSW frame structure, such as an SSSW packet, to save beam training overhead.
  • Embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the number of T first beam frames determined by the initiating device may also be referred to as the total number of sectors of the initiating device, and may be through a total sector (Total sectors) in the SSW frame or the SSW feedback field in the beacon frame.
  • the value of the subfield is represented.
  • the i-th first beam frame includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the i-th first beam frame, and sends the An identification of a transmission sector of a beam frame such that each response device can determine the quality of the transmission sector of the corresponding initiating device based on the identification information included in the received first beam frame.
  • the initiating device may send each of the T first beam frames to the K responding devices one by one.
  • the initiating device sends each of the first one of the T first beam frames to the responding device by using each of the plurality of transmitting sectors, that is, the initiating device transmits only one by one at a time.
  • the sector transmits a first beam frame without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of first beam frames through a plurality of transmitting sectors, the first beam frame including an identifier of a transmitting sector transmitting the first beam frame, and the transmitting sector The identifier of the antenna where it is located.
  • each responding device can adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner and receive the first beam frame sent by the initiating device.
  • the initiating device sends T first beam frames to the K responding devices, and each responding device determines the transmitting fan of the initiating device according to the antenna identifier and the sector identifier included in the received first beam frame.
  • the quality of the district is the quality of the district.
  • each responding device may also determine an SNR of a signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device to the receiving sector, in order to facilitate the SNR of the signal transmitted by the initiating device according to its own optimal transmitting sector. Determining the MCS of the frame structure to be subsequently transmitted, for example, the initiator may determine the subsequent MCS of the BRP frame used for the feedback information according to the SNR, or may also determine the training field in the BRP packet sent by the subsequent training beam according to the SNR.
  • the format further reduces the overhead of the CE in the suffix training field and improves the efficiency of beam training.
  • each responding device may further determine a quality of a receiving sector of its own receiving antenna according to the T first beam frames.
  • the training of the receiving sector of the response device can be performed in the subsequent BRP phase.
  • the initiating device receives U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device, where the number of the U k second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to at least one of the kth responding devices Determining, by the number of transmitting sectors of the transmitting antenna, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the jth An identifier of a transmit antenna of the two-beam frame and an identifier of the transmit sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmit sector of the initiating device corresponding to the k-th responding device determined by the k-th responding device and the optimal transmit fan
  • the initiating device according to the U k second beams a frame, determining a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the kth responding device, and acquiring an optimal transmit sector of the originating device corresponding to the kth responding device.
  • the first responding device sends U 1 second beam frames to the initiating device, where the initiating device determines the quality of the transmitting sector of the first responding device, where each second beam frame includes Sending the identifier of the transmit antenna of the first responding device and the identifier of the transmit sector of the second beam frame; similarly, the second responding device sends the U 2 second beam frames to the initiating device, where the initiating device determines the first And responsive to the quality of the transmitting sector of the device, wherein each of the second beam frames includes an identification of a transmitting antenna of the second responding device transmitting the second beam frame and an identification of the transmitting sector.
  • the S320 multiplexes the RSS phase in the SLS phase of the prior art and can be used to train the transmit sector of each of the K response devices.
  • the response device can determine the order of the training resources according to predetermined rules. For example, the order of the training may be determined according to the size of the MAC (Meduim Access Control) address of the responding device, or the relationship between the training resources of the K responding devices may be specified by the initiating device.
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • the kth responding device may obtain the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device, where the initiating device may have multiple receiving radio channel numbers, then the first The k responding devices determine the number of U k second beam frames, that is, the specific value of U k according to the number of received RF channels of the obtained initiating device.
  • the initiating device may notify each responding device of the number of receiving radio frequency channels and the number of receiving antennas, and each responding device determines the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device divided by the number of receiving radio frequency channels, and the quotient may be referred to as a second quotient, then each device in response to the total number of transmit sector itself at least one transmit antenna is multiplied by a second quotient, U k is the second beam in response to the k-th frame sent by U k in the Value.
  • the at least one transmitting antenna of the kth responding device may refer to all transmitting antennas of the responding device, and may also refer to the kth Part of the transmitting antenna of the responding device.
  • the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels
  • the number of U k second beam frames determined by the kth responding device is equal to the self transmitting sector of the kth responding device. total.
  • the initiating device transmits N first beam frames to the responding device, it may be used for each responding device to determine the quality of its own receiving sector, for example, for the first responding device of any one of the K responding devices.
  • the first responding device includes one or more receiving radio frequency channels, and the first responding device may correspondingly determine one or more preferred receiving antennas, the number of the preferred transmitting antennas being equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels.
  • the first responding device performs the training of the transmitting sector, and according to the reciprocity of the antenna, the preferred receiving antenna of the first responding device is the preferred transmitting antenna, and the first responding device only needs to train the receiving fan in the preferred receiving antenna.
  • the zone i.e., when the first responding device determines U 1 second beam frames, U 1 is equal to the total number of transmit sectors of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the first responding device multiplied by the second quotient.
  • the number of second beam frames sent by the kth responding device is equal to the number of transmitting sectors of the plurality of transmitting antennas of the responding device multiplied by the initiating device.
  • the U k second beam frames may be used to multiplex the structure of the SSW frame in the IEEE 802.11ad, or adopt a better SSW frame structure.
  • the SSSW packet may also be scanned for the short beam to save the beam training overhead.
  • Embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the k-th transmitting device in response to the j-th frame of the second beam j-th frame comprises transmitting the second beam An identifier of the antenna and an identifier of the transmitting sector transmitting the jth second beam frame, so that the initiating device can determine, according to the identifier information included in the received second beam frame, a transmitting sector of the corresponding kth responding device the quality of.
  • the K response devices may send the second beam frame one by one to the initiating device one by one.
  • the K responding devices send the second beam frame one by one, and for the kth responding device, the U k second beams can be sent to the initiating device one by one through each of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the transmitting device.
  • Each second beam frame in the frame that is, each response device transmits one second beam frame through one transmitting sector at a time, without simultaneously transmitting a plurality of second beam frames through multiple transmitting sectors, the second beam
  • the frame includes an identification of a transmitting sector transmitting the second beam frame and an identification of an antenna in which the transmitting sector is located.
  • the corresponding initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional manner to simultaneously receive the second beam frame by using multiple radio frequency channels.
  • the kth responding device determines the quality of the transmitting sector of the initiating device according to the T first beam frames, and may transmit the determined quality result to the initiating device through the U k second beam frames.
  • the responding device determines the quality of the multiple transmitting sectors of the initiating device according to the T first beam frames, and the kth responding device sends the kth to the initiating device by using the sent U k second beam frames.
  • the kth responding device can determine to initiate according to the T first beam frames.
  • An optimal transmitting sector of the plurality of transmitting sectors of the device each of the second beam frames of the U k second beam frames including an optimal transmitting of the initiating device determined by the kth responding device.
  • the identifier of the sector and the identifier of the antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located so that the initiating device can determine each of the responding devices and the K responding devices according to the second beam frame sent by each of the K responding devices.
  • the U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device include an identifier of an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the kth responding device, and may further include the initiating device.
  • the SNR of the optimal transmit sector may be included in the U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device is configured according to the
  • the U k second beam frames determine at least one preferred transmit sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responsive device.
  • the initiating device can determine the order of the feedback resources according to predetermined rules.
  • the principle can be consistent with that in step S320.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the first responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the first responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the first response. At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the device. Similarly, the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the second responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the second responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate at least one preference of the second responding device. At least one preferred transmit sector of the transmit antenna.
  • the S330 is located in the SSW Feedback phase in the SLS phase, and is used for the initiating device to respectively feed back the preferred transmitting sectors of the corresponding responding device to the K responding devices.
  • the MCS of the corresponding first feedback information may be determined according to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device carried in each second beam frame, and according to The MCS of the first feedback information determines the first feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is located at a higher MCS, and is more suitable for carrying more information. If the transmission format of the existing SSW Feedback frame, that is, MCS0, is maintained, a preferred manner is that the initiating device feeds back only the identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device and the antenna of the optimal transmitting sector through the first feedback information. logo. If the SSW Feedback phase uses a transmission format above MCS0, the first feedback information may indicate a ringing A plurality of preferred transmit sectors of a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the device.
  • the manner in which the initiating device feeds back the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device in S130 The same is true, and the manner in which the responding device in the S140 feeds back the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device to the initiating device is the same, and details are not described herein again.
  • the initiating device receives second feedback information sent by the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the corresponding to the kth responding device.
  • At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the initiating device the number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device determined by each of the responding devices being equal to the number of transmit radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the plurality of response devices can determine the order of the feedback resources according to predetermined rules. The principle can be consistent with that in step S320.
  • the initiating device receives the second feedback information sent by the first responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the first responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the first response device determines the At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the second responding device sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the second responding device, where the second feedback information is used by the second feedback device At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the originating device determined by the second responding device.
  • the S340 may be located in the SSW Ack phase in the SLS phase, that is, after the ISS and RSS training is completed, each of the K response devices feeds back to the initiating device the preferred transmission of the initiating device determined by each of the responding devices.
  • the sector, and, S330 and S340 can also reuse the SSW Feedback and SSW Ack phases in the prior art, and mutually negotiate whether there is a MID and BC phase through the BRP Request field in the feedback information.
  • S330 and S340 may also be located at the end of the SLS phase, and carry a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device or the responding device through the BRP frame.
  • each responding device may according to the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device carried in the first received feedback information.
  • SNR the MCS of the second feedback information is determined, and the second feedback information is determined according to the MCS of the second feedback information.
  • a preferred manner is that the initiating device only feeds back the optimal transmission of each device through the first feedback information.
  • each responding device only feeds back the identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device and the antenna of the optimal transmitting sector through the second feedback information.
  • the initiating device feeds back the first feedback information to indicate a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of each responding device, and the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device feedback response device in S130
  • the manner of transmitting the sectors is the same, and the manner in which the responding device in the S140 feeds back the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device to the initiating device is the same, and details are not described herein again.
  • the kth responding device is any one of the K responding devices, and the kth responding device may determine the quality of the transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device according to the first beam frame.
  • the first feedback information only the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device may be fed back to the initiating device, and the measurement results of other preferred transmitting sectors may be saved, so as to be used to initiate the device in other manners in the subsequent BRP phase.
  • the feedback initiates a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the device and a plurality of preferred transmit sectors.
  • the initiating device may feed back the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device by using the second feedback frame according to the quality of the transmitting sector of the kth responding device determined by the second beam frame, and the kth responding device
  • the result of the other preferred transmit sectors is preserved to facilitate feedback of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the kth responding device and the plurality of preferred transmit sectors to the kth responding device by other means during subsequent BRP phases.
  • the method for training a beam in the MU-MIMO technology the initiating device sends a beam frame to multiple responding devices, and the training obtains a preferred transmission corresponding to each responding device in the initiating device.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flow chart of a method 400 of training a beam in MU-MIMO technology according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 400 is applied to a MU-MIMO scenario, that is, a beam training between a single initiating device and a plurality of responding devices.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates an initiating device and two responding devices as an example.
  • the method 400 may correspond to the SLS phase and the BRP phase in the prior art.
  • the method 400 specifically includes:
  • the initiating device sends T first beam frames to the K responding devices, where the T first waves
  • the number of bundle frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of each of the K responding devices, in the T first beam frames.
  • the initiating device sends T first beam frames to the first responding device and the second responding device, where the first beam frame is used by the first responding device and the second responding device to determine the initiating device respectively.
  • the quality of the sector is used by the first responding device and the second responding device to determine the initiating device respectively.
  • the initiating device receives U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device, where the number of the U k second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to at least one of the kth responding devices Determining, by the number of transmitting sectors of the transmitting antenna, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the jth An identifier of a transmit antenna of the two-beam frame and an identifier of the transmit sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmit sector of the initiating device corresponding to the k-th responding device determined by the k-th responding device and the optimal transmit fan
  • the initiating device according to the U k second beams a frame, determining a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the kth responding device, and acquiring an optimal transmit sector of the originating device corresponding to the kth responding device.
  • the first responding device sends U 1 second beam frames to the initiating device, where the initiating device determines the quality of the transmitting sector of the first responding device, where each second beam frame includes Sending the identifier of the transmit antenna of the first responding device and the identifier of the transmit sector of the second beam frame; similarly, the second responding device sends the U 2 second beam frames to the initiating device, where the initiating device determines the first And responsive to the quality of the transmitting sector of the device, wherein each of the second beam frames includes an identification of a transmitting antenna of the second responding device transmitting the second beam frame and an identification of the transmitting sector.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device is configured according to the
  • the U k second beam frames determine at least one preferred transmit sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responsive device.
  • the originating device determines the most of the initiating device by the first responding device. And preferably transmitting the first feedback information to the first responding device, the first feedback information being used to indicate at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the first responding device.
  • the initiating device sends the first feedback information to the second responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the second responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate at least one preference of the second responding device. At least one preferred transmit sector of the transmit antenna.
  • the initiating device receives second feedback information sent by the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the corresponding to the kth responding device.
  • the initiating device receives the second feedback information sent by the first responding device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the first responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the first response device determines the At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device, and the second responding device sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the second responding device, where the second feedback information is used by the second feedback device At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the originating device determined by the second responding device.
  • S401 to S404 in the method 400 respectively correspond to S310-S340 in the method 300, and details are not described herein again.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, where the at least one third beam frame is used by the kth responding device to determine the kth Responding to at least one candidate combination between at least one preferred receiving sector of the device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame Optimize BRP frames for waveforms.
  • the S405 is located in the MID and BC phases of the BRP phase, and is used to determine at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of each responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the combined correspondence determined here is a combination between a plurality of transmitting antennas of the initiating device and receiving antennas of the plurality of responding devices.
  • the initiator and responder can determine the BC phase by negotiating Nbeam (I, TX), Nbeam (I, RX).
  • the initiator sends Nbeam (I, TX) BRP-RX frames, each BRP-RX carries the sector identifier used by the transmitting antenna, and each BRP-RX suffixes the TRN-R subfield of Nbeam (I, RX) . Since the transmitting antenna has been determined at this time, it is not necessary to carry the transmitting antenna identification.
  • each BRP-RX packet carries the sequence relationship of the TRN subfield in the BRP packet.
  • the transmit sector identifier also needs to carry the transmit antenna identifier.
  • the initiating device sends, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K response device, where the at least one third beam frame can be directly used by each responding device.
  • Determining at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of itself and at least one preferred transmitting sector of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, that is, S405 may correspond to a case of MID-BC phase association;
  • the S405 may also be divided into two separate phases: MID and BC.
  • the at least one third beam frame may also be used only to determine at least one preferred receiving sector of each responding device, that is, corresponding to the MID phase.
  • the device further sends at least one fourth beam frame to the responding device, the at least one fourth beam frame being used by each responding device to determine at least one of its at least one preferred receiving sector and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device Preferably, at least one candidate combination correspondence between the transmitting sectors, that is, a corresponding BC phase.
  • each of the K response devices directly determines at least one preferred receiving sector of the same and the initiating device according to the at least one third beam frame.
  • At least one of the plurality of preferred transmit sectors preferably receives at least one candidate combination correspondence between the sectors.
  • the initiating device sends the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices by using each of its preferred transmitting sectors, and the number of the at least one third beam frame may be equal to the preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device.
  • the number, that is, the initiating device transmits a third beam frame through a preferred transmitting sector, the third beam frame including an identifier of the antenna transmitting the third beam frame.
  • the third beam frame may be a BRP frame.
  • the third beam frame may be a BRP frame, and the third beam frame may not include the identifier of the sector that sends the third beam frame, but only the identifier of the antenna that sends the third beam frame.
  • the initiating device transmits the third beam frame through a preferred transmit sector of its preferred transmit antenna.
  • Each of the K response devices receives the third beam frame transmitted by the initiating device through its own receiving sector, thereby determining at least one preferred receiving sector of each responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting fans of the initiating device
  • At least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred transmitting sector in the zone for example, the kth responding device may determine the kth according to the at least one third beam Responding to at least one candidate combination between at least one preferred receiving sector of the device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the kth responding device may be referred to as K responding devices Any of the responsive devices.
  • each responding device first determines at least one preferred receiving sector according to the third beam frame, and then determines its own according to the fourth beam frame. At least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector and at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device may adopt a quasi-omnidirectional transmission manner to send at least one third beam frame to the K response devices, and the kth response device of the K response devices receives through the receiving sector of the UE.
  • the at least one third beam frame thereby determining a preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device according to the at least one third beam frame, the kth responding device respectively taking each of the K responding devices.
  • the initiating device transmits at least one fourth beam frame to the responding device through each of its preferred transmitting sectors, and the kth responding device receives the at least one fourth beam frame through its preferred receiving sector, so that Determining, by the k response devices, at least one of at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one preferred transmitting sector of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device based on the at least one fourth beam frame Candidate combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device may send the at least one third beam to the K response device in a quasi-omnidirectional transmission manner, so that each responding device determines its own according to the at least one third beam frame in the MID phase.
  • the receiving antenna and the preferred receiving sector of each preferred receiving antenna wherein the number of received radio channels per responding device is equal to the number of preferred receiving antennas, and it is assumed herein that each preferred receiving antenna includes a preferred number of receiving sectors Nbeam (I, RX), and each responding device may indicate, by using the third feedback information sent to the initiating device, the number of preferred receiving sectors among the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the self is Nbeam(I, RX)
  • the third feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred receiving of the responding device.
  • the maximum number of preferred sectors included in the antenna is Nbeam(I, RX).
  • Nbeam(I, RX) the receiving channels of multiple responding devices can be trained at the same time. Therefore, when the initiating device sends beam frames to train multiple combinations, only the preferences included in the multiple preferred receiving antennas of the K responding devices need to be indicated.
  • the initiating device determines, according to the third feedback information, a maximum value Nbeam(I, RX) including a preferred receiving sector among the preferred receiving antennas among the K responding devices. For example, if each preferred transmit antenna of each responding device includes Nbeam (I, RX) preferred transmit sectors, and the number of transmit RF channel beams of the initiating device is Nbeam (I, TX), the initiating device It may be determined that each transmit radio frequency channel transmits Nbeam (I, TX) BRP-RX frames, ie, at least one fourth beam frame, and each BRP-RX frame carries a preferred transmit sector identifier and the preferred transmit sector Identification of the antenna; each BRP-RX frame also includes Nbeam (I, RX) TRN-R subfields, so that multiple receiving RF channels of the K response device can simultaneously receive BRP-RX frames, thereby training multiple beams
  • the combining causes the kth responding device to obtain at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector
  • the initiating device may have multiple transmitting RF channels, and There are multiple response devices, and each response device has at least one receiving RF channel. Therefore, the initiating device can be used to transmit the RF channel one by one for training, that is, multiple transmitting RF channels of the initiating device only train one at a time, corresponding multiple responses.
  • the receiving RF channel of the device can be received at the same time; optionally, the initiating device can also train the beam combination in a simultaneous training manner, that is, the multiple transmitting RF channels of the initiating device simultaneously send the third beam frame for training, and the multiple responses
  • the receiving radio frequency channel of the device is also received at the same time, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the at least one candidate combination is for at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device
  • the corresponding relationship includes: the initiating device includes at least one preferred transmitting antenna, and the number of the priority transmitting antennas is less than or equal to the number of transmitting radio channels of the initiating device, and each preferred transmitting antenna further includes at least one preferred transmitting sector, that is, the initiating The device may include at least one preferred transmitting sector; likewise, the kth responding device includes at least one preferred receiving antenna, and the number of the preferred receiving antennas is equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the kth responding device, each preferred receiving The antenna further comprises at least one preferred receiving sector, i.e.
  • the responding device may comprise at least one preferred receiving sector, the at least one preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device being in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device And obtaining at least one preferred transmitting sector and the kth response setting of the initiating device Preferably at least one combination of a correspondence relationship between the reception sector.
  • the initiating device receives the first indication information sent by the kth responding device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination correspondence; the initiating device sends the K according to the K response devices.
  • the first indication information determines a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices.
  • the first responding device in FIG. 8 sends the first indication information to the initiating device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the at least one preferred receiving sector of the first responding device determined by the first responding device is at least At least one candidate combination correspondence between the preferred transmitting sectors, and the first indication information sent by the second responding device to the initiating device is used to indicate at least one of the second responding devices determined by the second responding device
  • the initiating device determines, according to the first indication information sent by the first responding device and the second responding device, the initiating device, the at least one candidate combination corresponding to the at least one preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device. P combinations of a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the device and a plurality of preferred receive sectors of the two responding devices.
  • each responding device in the case of MU-MIMO, since each responding device cannot obtain the sector training information of other responding devices, the responding device can only determine its preferred receiving sector and the preferred transmitting of the initiating device. Correspondence between sectors, and multiple transmit antenna combinations of K response devices cannot be selected. Therefore, each of the responding devices needs to send the at least one candidate combination correspondence obtained by the self-measurement to the initiating device, that is, the first indication information sent by the k-th responding device to the initiating device may include: the k-th response device measures the obtained The preferred transmit antenna identifier and sector identifier of the initiating device are better, and the corresponding preferred receive antenna identifier and receive sector identifier of the corresponding device.
  • the first indication information may further include a signal quality, where the signal quality may include a signal strength or a signal to noise ratio of the signal, and the first indication information may further include channel state information fed back by the kth responding device.
  • the initiator determines, according to a predetermined criterion, such as an SINR criterion or a channel capacity maximum criterion, a P between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the two responding devices in MU-MIMO.
  • a predetermined criterion such as an SINR criterion or a channel capacity maximum criterion
  • the initiating device sends the second indication information to the kth responding device according to the P type combination correspondence, where the second indication information is used to indicate the Pth of the kth responding device in the P combination correspondence relationship.
  • the receiving sector combination is a combination of the P types of combined correspondences A combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the originating device and a preferred receive sector combination of each of the K response devices.
  • the combination correspondence of any one of the P combination correspondences includes: a plurality of preferred transmission sectors of the initiating device and at least one preferred receiving sector of each of the K response devices.
  • each of the responding devices includes P preferred receiving sector combinations
  • the initiating device indicates that each responding device corresponds to the P combinations by sending the second indication information to each responding device.
  • the P preferred receiving sector combinations of the corresponding relationship that is, the second indication information sent to the kth responding device, are used to indicate the P preferred receiving sector combinations of the kth responding device in the P combined correspondence.
  • the P preferred receiving sector combination feedback includes a combination of optimal sector identifiers of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas, and an antenna identifier corresponding to the receiving antenna sector combination.
  • the RF channels of the initiating device and the K responding devices may be simultaneously trained to obtain the above-mentioned P combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device may also perform training one by one through each transmitting radio channel, and each responding device may determine a channel matrix at the time of MIMO according to a predetermined criterion, such as an SINR criterion or a channel capacity maximum criterion, and the dimension of the channel matrix is The number of received RF channels multiplied by the number of transmitted RF channels.
  • Each responding device can transmit the determined channel matrix to the initiating device, which can determine the CSI with the K responding devices and the channel matrix in the case of MU-MIMO.
  • the S408 may be continued to continue to the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors and the determined initiating device.
  • the beam training is performed on the P type combination correspondence between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the device, thereby obtaining the optimal combination correspondence between the CSI and the P combination correspondence in the MIMO case.
  • the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred candidates of the K responding device may be directly determined without continuing to perform S408.
  • the optimal combination correspondence between sectors is received and the CSI in the case of MIMO.
  • the channel bandwidth of MIMO is larger than the channel bandwidth of the SISO scenario.
  • the beam training process in which the P-type combined correspondence is performed by the BRP frame in the above steps it can be performed on a single channel.
  • the BRP packet used in S405 to S407 performs beam training, and the BRP packet can adopt a single channel training manner. That is, the training fields of the third beam frame and the fourth beam frame occupy part of the channel. For example, as shown in FIG. 6, the training field occupies less channel bandwidth than the data channel.
  • the SBT needs to continue to perform the training by occupying the multi-channel training field, and obtain the corresponding channel matrix and channel state information.
  • the initiating device performs beam pair training with the K responding devices, and determines an optimal combination correspondence between the P combinations of the preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices.
  • the initiating device determines P preferred transmit sector combinations (Tx1, Tx2, ..., TxP) of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence.
  • the initiating device may send the first request information to each of the K responding devices, where the first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P types of combined correspondences.
  • the K responding devices may determine, according to the first request information and the second indication information sent by the initiating device, P preferred receiving sector combinations corresponding to the K responding devices in the P combination correspondence relationship (Rx1, Rx2, . RxP), wherein any one of the P preferred receiving sector combinations of the K responding devices comprises a preferred receiving sector combination of each of the K responding devices, such as a map.
  • any one of the preferred transmit sector combinations Rxi includes: a preferred receive sector combination of the first responding device and a preferred receive sector combination of the second responding device, wherein a preferred receive of the first responding device
  • the number of sectors in the sector combination is equal to the number of receiving radio frequency channels
  • any one of the P combination relationships includes: one preferred transmission sector combination Rxi of the P preferred reception sector combinations formed by K response devices, and corresponding P devices of the initiating device.
  • the combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination Txi in the transmit sector combination is preferably, the combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination Txi in the transmit sector combination.
  • the initiating device After transmitting the first request information, the initiating device sends at least one fifth beam frame to the K responding devices by using each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, where
  • the at least one fifth beam frame may be as shown in FIG. 7, that is, the at least one The channel bandwidth of the training field of each beam frame in the fifth beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames, and the each fifth beam frame includes the initiation of transmitting each of the fifth beam frames a combination of the identifier Txi of the preferred transmit sector combination of the device and the preferred receive sector of the corresponding K response devices, Rxi, such that the kth responding device determines at least one preferred combination in the P combination correspondence Corresponding relationship, and channel state information of each of the preferred combination correspondences in the at least one preferred combination correspondence, the channel state information being used to indicate a channel matrix of each of the preferred combination correspondences;
  • the initiating device receives the third indication information that is sent by the kth responding device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the at least one preferred combination correspondence determined by the kth responding device, and the initiating device is configured according to the K Determining, according to the K pieces of the third indication information sent by the device, an optimal combination correspondence relationship of the P types of combination correspondences, where the optimal combination correspondence relationship includes a preferred transmission sector combination of the initiating device and the K
  • the at least one fifth beam frame is a BRP frame in response to a correspondence between a preferred receiving sector combination of each of the responding devices in the device.
  • the initiating device may further send fourth indication information to the kth responding device of the K response devices, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the kth responding device in the optimal combined correspondence.
  • a preferred receiving sector combination may be
  • the initiating device adopts a manner in which multiple transmitting radio channels are simultaneously trained, that is, a manner in which multiple antennas are simultaneously trained, and the initiating device may transmit the training packets through the corresponding multiple sectors by using a code division manner.
  • the training field of the code division transmitting multiple antennas may be sent by different antennas using different orthogonal training fields at the same time; different antennas may be used with different orthogonal masks, and the same training field may be simultaneously transmitted;
  • the combination of the cross mask and the orthogonal sequence enables simultaneous transmission of multiple transmit antennas.
  • the transmitting and receiving antennas at this time use a better transmitting beam, there is no longer a situation in which the dynamic range of the receiver exceeds.
  • the method for training a beam in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is trained to obtain the initiating device by using a beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the multiple responding devices.
  • Preferred transmit sector and preferred receive sector of each responding device and further training to obtain a combined correspondence between the preferred transmit sector of the originating device and the preferred receive sector of each responding device, thereby enabling multiple A beam pair training process in an MU-MIMO application scenario of an initiating device that transmits a radio frequency channel and a plurality of responding devices that have one or more receiving radio frequency channels.
  • FIGS. 10 through 17 A method of training a beam according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 through 9.
  • an apparatus for training a beam according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 through 17.
  • the initiating device 500 in the SU-MIMO technology includes:
  • a determining unit 530 configured to determine, according to the M second beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmitting antenna of the responding device, and obtain an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device;
  • the sending unit 510 is further configured to send the first feedback information to the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the initiating device determines the frame according to the M second beam frames. At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the response device;
  • the receiving unit 520 is further configured to: receive second feedback information sent by the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferences of multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device A transmitting sector, the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device being equal to the number of transmitting radio channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the transmitting frame of the initiating device and the responding device is trained by the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • a plurality of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device may be obtained, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the sending unit 510 is further configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, where the at least one third beam frame is used by the responding device to determine the response.
  • the receiving unit 520 The method is further configured to: receive the first indication information that is sent by the responding device, where the determining unit 530 is further configured to: determine, according to the first indication information, a P preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence,
  • a combination correspondence of the P combination correspondences includes a combination of a preferred transmission sector combination of the P preferred transmission sector combinations of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector combination of the corresponding response device Correspondence relationship.
  • the sending unit 510 is specifically configured to: send the at least one third beam frame, the at least one third scan frame, to the responding device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device
  • Each of the third beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the sending unit 510 is configured to: send, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the responding device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, where the third beam frame is used for the response
  • the device determines a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the responding device;
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to And receiving, by the responding device, third feedback information, where the third feedback information is used to indicate that the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device determined by the responding device include a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors;
  • the sending unit The 510 is specifically configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information, each fourth of the at least one fourth beam frame
  • the scan frame includes an identifier of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector
  • each of the M second beam frames includes an optimality of the initiating device.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio SNR of the signal transmitted by the transmitting sector; the sending unit 510 is specifically configured to: when the determining unit 530 determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is smaller than the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, The plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device simultaneously transmit the at least one third beam frame to the responding device; when the determining unit 530 determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is greater than or equal to the optimal transmit sector of the initiating device At the SNR of the signal, at least one third beam frame is transmitted to the responding device one by one by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device.
  • the sending unit 510 is configured to send, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, the at least one third beam frame.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 510 is configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third scan frame to the responding device, the at least one third beam frame.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 510 is specifically configured to: after sending the first request information to the responding device, each preferred transmitting sector combination in the P preferred transmitting sector combinations of the initiating device, and simultaneously to the responding device Transmitting at least one fifth beam frame, the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to the a channel bandwidth of a data field in each fifth beam frame, the each fifth beam frame comprising an identification of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a corresponding preferred reception of the responding device a combination identifier of the sector, the at least one fifth beam frame is used by the responding device to determine an optimal combination correspondence relationship in the P type combination correspondence relationship, and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship, the channel state The information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combined correspondence, and the optimal combined correspondence includes one transmitting sector of the initiating device Receiving a correspondence between a
  • each second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes an SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device; and an optimal transmission by the transmitting device 510 by the initiating device Before the sector sends the first feedback information to the responding device, the determining unit 530 is specifically configured to: determine a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device. And determining the first feedback information according to the MCS level of the first feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is used to indicate a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames;
  • the receiving unit 520 is further configured to: Receiving, by the response device, at least one sixth beam frame sent by the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame being a BRP frame;
  • the determining unit 530 is further configured to: according to the at least one sixth beam frame Determining a Q type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device;
  • the sending unit 510 is specifically configured to: send the second indication information to the responding device,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device in the Q type combination correspondence, and one of the Q combinations of the correspondences includes the Q preferred transmit fans of the responding device.
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame sent by the responding device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame
  • Each of the sixth beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the sixth beam frames is transmitted.
  • the receiving unit 520 is configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, and use the quasi-omnidirectional manner; the determining unit 530 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one sixth beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device, where the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device
  • the sending unit 510 is configured to: send, to the responding device, fourth feedback information, where the fourth feedback information is used to indicate a maximum value of the preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device;
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: receive, by the responding device, at least one seventh beam frame determined according to the fourth feedback information, by using a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device, each of the at least one seventh beam frame
  • the seventh beam frame includes an identifier of
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device;
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: when the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is less than the response When the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the device is received, the at least one sixth beam frame is simultaneously transmitted by the responding device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device;
  • the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, receiving the preferred transmitting of the responding device by each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device An antenna, the at least one sixth beam frame transmitted one by one.
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth The channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth The channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 520 is specifically configured to: after the sending unit 510 sends the second request information to the responding device, receive, by the responding device, each preferred transmitting sector of the Q transmitting sector combinations of the responding device. And combining, at least one eighth beam frame that is sent at the same time, the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the Q type combination correspondence, and the training field of each beam frame in the at least one eighth beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the eighth beam frames, and each of the eighth beam frames includes an identification of the preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device transmitting each of the eighth beam frames and a corresponding response a combination identifier of a preferred receiving sector of the device;
  • the determining unit 530 is configured to: determine, according to the at least one eighth beam frame, an optimal combination correspondence relationship in the Q type combination correspondence relationship, and the optimal combination correspondence Channel state information of the relationship, the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combined correspondence, and the optimal combination correspondence
  • the initiating device 500 may correspond to performing the method 100 and the method 200 in the embodiments of the present invention, and the foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the initiating device 500 respectively implement FIG. 4 Corresponding processes of the initiating device in each method in FIG. 5 are not described herein for brevity.
  • the initiating device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the preferred transmitting sector and the response device of the initiating device are obtained by training the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • the beam pair training process of the channel response device in the SU-MIMO application scenario a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of a response device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and a preferred receiving sector of an initiating device having a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels can also be trained.
  • the response device 600 in the SU-MIMO technology includes:
  • the receiving unit 610 is configured to receive N first beam frames sent by the initiating device, where the number of the N first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the receiving radio channel of the responding device The number and the number of receiving antennas are determined, and the i-th first beam frame of the N first beam frames includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, the N first beams
  • a determining unit 620 configured to determine, according to the N first beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmitting antenna of the initiating device
  • the receiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive first feedback information that is sent by the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames;
  • the determining unit 620 is further configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the responding device;
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to: send, by using the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, the second feedback information, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the determining, by the responding device, according to the N first beam frames.
  • the response device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the transmitting sector of the initiating device and the responding device is trained by the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • a plurality of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device may be obtained, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; the determining unit 620 is specifically configured to: according to the at least one third beam a frame, a P type combination relationship between a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, wherein the at least one third beam frame is a waveform optimized BRP frame, and P is a positive integer
  • the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: send, to the initiating device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence, the P combination A combined correspondence in the correspondence includes a combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the originating device and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding responding device.
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • Each of the third beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the receiving unit 610 is configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the determining unit 620 is specifically configured to: Determining multiple advantages of the response device according to the at least one third beam frame Selecting a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the receiving antenna, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the responding device; the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: send the third to the initiating device a feedback information, the third feedback information is used to indicate a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors in the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device; the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive the initiating device by using the initiating device And a plurality of preferred transmit sectors, the at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information, and each fourth beam frame in the at least one fourth beam frame includes transmitting each of the fourth beam frames Preferably,
  • each second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device;
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: when the initiating device determines When the dynamic range of the responding device is smaller than the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the initiating device simultaneously transmits at least one third beam frame through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device; When the device determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the receiving device sends one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device. At least one third beam frame.
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame, one at least one third beam frame, sent by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame, one at least one third beam frame, sent by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P type combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 610 is configured to: after receiving the first request information sent by the initiating device, receive, by the initiating device, each preferred transmit sector combination in the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, At least one fifth beam frame that is sent at the same time, the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, the at least one fifth beam
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each beam frame in the frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames, and each of the fifth beam frames includes a preferred transmission of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame
  • the determining unit 620 is configured to determine an optimal combination in the P combination correspondence according to the at least one fifth beam frame Corresponding relationship and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal group, and the optimal combination correspondence is a preferred transmitting fan of the initiating device A correspondence
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device; before the sending unit 630 sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device
  • the determining unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine, according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the second feedback information; and determine, according to the MCS level of the second feedback information, The second feedback information.
  • the determining unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: pass the responding device a plurality of preferred transmit antennas, transmitting at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, the at least one sixth beam frame being used by the initiating device to determine a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred transmissions of the responding device And the at least one sixth beam frame is a BRP frame; the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive the second indication information sent by the initiating device; the determining unit 630 is specifically configured to: Determining, by the second indication information, Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device in the Q type combination correspondence, where one combination correspondence relationship of the Q kinds of combination correspondences includes Q preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device A combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination in the combination and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding initiating device.
  • the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame, the at least one sixth beam frame
  • Each of the sixth beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the sixth beam frames is transmitted.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to: send, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, where the at least one sixth beam frame is used
  • the initiating device determines multiple preferred multiple receiving antennas of the initiating device Selecting a receiving sector, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device;
  • the receiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: receive fourth feedback information sent by the initiating device, where the The fourth feedback information is used to indicate that the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device include a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors;
  • the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device,
  • the initiating device transmits at least one seventh beam frame determined according to the fourth feedback information, where each seventh beam frame in the at least one seventh beam frame includes a preferred transmitting sector in which each of the seventh beam frames is transmitted
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device; the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: when the determining unit 620 determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is smaller than the Responding to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the device, transmitting at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; when the determining unit 620 determines the dynamics of the initiating device When the range is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, the at least one sixth one of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device is sent to the initiating device one by one Beam frame.
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame, the at least one sixth beam, to the initiating device.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame, the at least one sixth beam, to the initiating device.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 630 is specifically configured to: after the receiving unit 610 receives the second request information sent by the initiating device, by using each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device, Sending at least one eighth beam frame to the initiating device, where the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the Q type combination correspondence, the at least one The channel bandwidth of the training field of each beam frame in the eighth beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the eighth beam frames, and each of the eighth beam frames includes the response of transmitting each of the eighth beam frames An identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the device and a corresponding combined identifier of the preferred receiving sector of the initiating device, where the at least one eighth beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine an optimal combination corresponding to the Q combinations of the combinations Relationship, and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence, the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combination correspondence, and the optimal combination correspondence is a preferred transmission sector of
  • response device 600 may correspond to performing the method 100 and the method 200 in the embodiments of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the response device 600 are respectively implemented to implement FIG. 4 .
  • Corresponding processes of the response device in the respective methods in FIG. 5 are not described herein for brevity.
  • the response device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the preferred transmit sector and the response device of the initiating device are obtained by training the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • the beam pair training process of the channel response device in the SU-MIMO application scenario a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of a response device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and a preferred receiving sector of an initiating device having a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels can also be trained.
  • the initiating device 700 in the MU-MIMO technology includes:
  • the receiving unit 720 is configured to receive U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device, where the number of the U k second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to the kth responding device Determining the number of transmitting sectors of a transmitting antenna, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the jth An identifier of a transmit antenna of the second beam frame and an identifier of the transmit sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmit sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device determined by the kth responding device and the optimal transmit
  • a determining unit 730 configured to determine, according to the U k second beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the kth responding device, and acquire an optimal transmit of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device Sector
  • the sending unit 710 is further configured to send first feedback information to the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responsive device determined by the initiating device according to the U k second beam frames;
  • the receiving unit 720 is further configured to: receive second feedback information sent by the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the kth responding device Corresponding at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device, the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device determined by each responding device being equal to the number of transmitting radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention obtains a preferred transmit antenna corresponding to each responding device in the initiating device by transmitting a beam frame to the plurality of responding devices; the plurality of responding devices send the beam frame, Training obtains a preferred transmit antenna for each responding device, thereby implementing a transmit beam training procedure for an initiating device having multiple transmit radio frequency channels and a plurality of responding devices having one or more transmit radio frequency channels.
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, where the at least one third beam frame is used for the kth
  • the response device determines at least one candidate combination correspondence between the at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the at least one third beam
  • the frame is a waveform-optimized BRP frame
  • the receiving unit 720 is specifically configured to: receive the first indication information that is sent by the k-th responding device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination correspondence
  • the determining unit 730 Specifically used: according to the K rings Determining, by the K pieces of the first indication information sent by the device, a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices; the sending unit 710 is specific And the second indication information is sent to the k
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: send the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third Each third beam frame in the beam frame includes an identification of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: send, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, the at least one third beam frame Determining, for the kth responding device, at least one preferred receiving sector of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device, the number of at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device being equal to the kth response
  • the receiving unit 720 is configured to: receive, by the initiating device, the third feedback information sent by the kth responding device, where the third feedback information is used to indicate the determined by the kth responding device.
  • the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device includes a maximum of the number of preferred receiving sectors; the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: pass the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device to the kth
  • the responding device transmits at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information, and each fourth beam frame in the at least one fourth beam frame includes transmitting the each An identifier of a preferred transmit antenna in which a preferred transmit sector of the beam frame is located, the at least one fourth beam frame being used by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence, the at least one fourth beam frame being waveform optimized BRP frame.
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: send, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, the at least one third beam.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame in the frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: use multiple preferred launch days of the initiating device
  • Each of the preferred transmit antennas in the line transmits at least one third beam frame to the K response devices one by one, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each third beam frame in the at least one third beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of the data field,
  • the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the sending unit 710 is specifically configured to: after sending the first request information to the K responding devices, use each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, and simultaneously The K responding devices send at least one fifth beam frame, where the first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P types of combined correspondence, and training each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the field is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames
  • each of the fifth beam frames includes an identifier of the preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a corresponding Responding to the combined identification of the preferred receiving sectors of the device, the at least one fifth beam frame being used by the kth responding device to determine at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one preference in the P combination correspondences
  • the channel state information of each preferred combination correspondence in the combination correspondence the channel state information is used to indicate the channel moment of each preferred combination correspondence
  • the receiving unit 720 is configured to: receive the third
  • the Uk second beam frames include an SNR of a signal transmitted by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device; and the transmitting unit 710 passes the corresponding kth responding device Before the sending of the first feedback information to the kth responding device, the determining unit 730 is specifically configured to: according to the optimal transmitting of the initiating device of the kth responding device The transmitted signal SNR of the sector determines a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information; and the first feedback information is determined according to the MCS level of the first feedback information.
  • the initiating device 700 may correspond to performing the method 300 and the method 400 in the embodiments of the present invention, and the foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the initiating device 700 are respectively implemented to implement FIG. 8
  • Corresponding processes of the initiating device in each method in FIG. 9 are not described herein for brevity.
  • the initiating device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to an application scenario of a MU-MIMO with multiple responding devices, and the initiating device obtains the initiating by using the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the multiple responding devices.
  • a preferred transmitting sector of the device and a preferred receiving sector of each responding device and further training to obtain a combined correspondence between the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sector of each responding device, thereby achieving A beam pair training process in an MU-MIMO application scenario for an initiating device that transmits a radio frequency channel and a plurality of responding devices that have one or more receiving radio frequency channels.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a response device 800 in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the response device 800 is a k-th response device among K response devices. k response devices include:
  • the receiving unit 810 is configured to receive T first beam frames sent by the initiating device, where the number of the T first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and each of the K responding devices Determined by the number of received radio frequency channels and the number of receiving antennas of the responding device, the i-th first beam frame in the T first beam frames includes an identifier of the transmitting antenna that transmits the i-th first beam frame, and a transmitting sector
  • the T first first beam frame is a beam scanning SSW frame, a short beam scanning SSSW packet or a beacon beacon frame
  • K is a positive integer greater than 1
  • k 1, 2, 3...K
  • n is a positive integer
  • i 1, 2, 3...T;
  • a determining unit 820 configured to determine, according to the T first beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmitting antenna of the initiating device
  • a sending unit 830 configured to send, to the initiating device, U k second beam frames, where the number of the U k second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to at least one transmitting antenna of the kth responding device Determining, by the number of transmitting sectors, the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the j th second beam frame
  • the U k second beam frames are used by the initiating device to determine the quality of the sector of the transmitting antenna of the kth responding device and obtain an optimal transmitting fan of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device
  • the U k second beam frames are SSW frames or SSSW packet
  • the receiving unit 810 is further configured to: receive first feedback information that is sent by the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used by the initiating device according to the U Determined by k second beam frames;
  • the determining unit 820 is further configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responding device;
  • the sending unit 830 is further configured to send second feedback information to the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate that the kth responding device is configured according to the T At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device determined by a beam frame, the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device determined by each responding device being equal to the transmitting radio frequency channel of the initiating device Number.
  • the response device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention may be any one of the plurality of response devices in the MU-MIMO application scenario, and the device is trained to obtain the response device by sending a beam frame to the initiating device.
  • Preferred transmitting antennas; and the initiating device obtains a preferred transmitting antenna corresponding to each responding device in the initiating device by transmitting beam frames to the plurality of responding devices, thereby implementing an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and having one Or a transmit beam training process of a plurality of responding devices that transmit radio frequency channels.
  • the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; the determining unit 820 is specifically configured to: according to the at least one third beam a frame determining at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the at least one third beam
  • the frame is a waveform-optimized BRP frame;
  • the sending unit 830 is specifically configured to: send the first indication information to the initiating device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination correspondence; the first indication information is used by the The initiating device determines a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices; the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive the first sending by the initiating device And the determining unit 820 is configured to: determine, according to the second indication information, P
  • the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • Each of the third beam frames includes a preference for transmitting each of the third beam frames The identity of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the transmit sector is located.
  • the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the determining unit 820 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one third beam frame, at least one preferred receiving sector of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device, the number of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device being equal to the kth Responding to the number of the receiving RF channels of the device; the sending unit 830 is specifically configured to: send, to the initiating device, third feedback information, where the third feedback information is used to indicate the kth responding device determined by the kth responding device
  • the at least one preferred receiving antenna includes a maximum of the number of preferred receiving sectors; the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, according to the third At least one fourth beam frame determined by the feedback information, each fourth
  • the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame, one at least one third beam frame, sent by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 810 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame, one at least one third beam frame, sent by each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the receiving unit 810 is configured to: after receiving the first request information sent by the initiating device to the K responding devices, receive, by the initiating device, each of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device.
  • the at least one fifth beam frame is sent to the K responding devices, and the first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P types of combined correspondence
  • the at least one The channel bandwidth of the training field of each beam frame in the five beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames, and each of the fifth beam frames includes the initiating device that transmits the each fifth beam frame.
  • the determining unit 820 is configured to determine, according to the at least one fifth beam frame, at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one, according to the at least one fifth beam frame.
  • Channel state information of each of the preferred combination correspondences in the preferred combination correspondence the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of each of the preferred combination correspondences;
  • the sending unit 830 is specifically configured to: to the initiating device And sending, by the third indication information, the at least one preferred combination correspondence, the at least one preferred combination correspondence of each of the K response devices is used by the initiating device to determine An optimal combination correspondence of the P combinations, wherein the optimal combination correspondence includes a preferred transmission sector combination of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector combination of each of the K response devices
  • the correspondence between the at least one fifth beam frame is a BRP frame.
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device; and the sending unit 830 sends the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device to the initiating device.
  • the determining unit 820 is specifically configured to: determine, according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the second feedback information; The MCS level of the second feedback information determines the second feedback information.
  • response device 800 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to performing the method 300 and method 400 in the embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the response device 800 are respectively implemented to implement FIG. Corresponding processes of the response device in the respective methods in FIG. 9 are not described herein for brevity.
  • the response device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention may be any one of the response devices in the MU-MIMO application scenario with multiple responding devices, and the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and each responding device.
  • a beam pair training process in an application scenario of the MU-MIMO application scenario is implemented for an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and a plurality of responding devices having one or more receiving radio frequency channels.
  • the initiating device 900 includes a processor 910 and a transceiver 920, a processor 910, and a transceiver.
  • the initiator 920 is connected.
  • the initiating device 900 further includes a memory 930.
  • the memory 930 is coupled to the processor 910.
  • the initiating device 900 includes a bus system 940.
  • the processor 910, the memory 930, and the transceiver 920 can pass through the bus system 940. Connected, the memory 930 can be used to store instructions, and the processor 910 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 930 to control the transceiver 920 to transmit information or signals.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to send N first beam frames to the responding device, where the number of the N first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and the number of receiving radio channels of the responding device.
  • the number of receiving antennas is determined, and the i-th first beam frame of the N first beam frames includes an identifier of a transmitting antenna that transmits the ith first beam frame and an identifier of a transmitting sector, where the N first beam frames are used.
  • the processor 910 is configured to determine, according to the M second beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the responding device, and acquire an optimal transmit sector of the initiating device;
  • the transceiver 920 is further configured to: send, by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the first feedback information, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the response determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames. At least one preferred transmitting sector of at least one preferred transmit antenna of the device;
  • the transceiver 920 is further configured to: receive second feedback information sent by the responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred transmissions of multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device A sector, the number of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device being equal to the number of transmit radio channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the transmitting frame of the initiating device and the responding device is trained by the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • a plurality of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device may be obtained, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the transceiver 920 is further configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, where the at least one third beam frame is used by the responding device to determine the response.
  • the processor 910 is further configured to: determine, according to the first indication information, P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence, where the P combinations are in a correspondence relationship
  • a combined correspondence includes a combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the originating device and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding responding device.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to send the at least one third beam frame, the at least one third scan frame, to the responding device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device.
  • Each of the third beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to send the at least one third beam frame to the responding device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, where the third beam frame is used for the response.
  • the device determines a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the responding device; receiving the number sent by the responding device
  • the third feedback information is used to indicate that the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device determined by the responding device include a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors; and the plurality of preferred transmitting fans of the initiating device And transmitting, to the responding device, at least one fourth beam frame determined according to the third feedback information, where each fourth scan frame of the at least one fourth beam frame includes transmitting a preferred transmit fan of each fourth beam frame
  • each second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device;
  • the transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: when the processor 910 When the dynamic range of the response device is smaller than the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame is simultaneously sent to the responding device by using multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device;
  • the processor 910 determines that the dynamic range of the responding device is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device transmits to the response The device sends at least one of them one by one Third beam frame.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to send, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the responding device, the at least one third beam frame.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third scan frame to the responding device, the at least one third beam frame.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to: after sending the first request information to the responding device, through each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, and simultaneously to the responding device Transmitting at least one fifth beam frame, the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to the a channel bandwidth of a data field in each fifth beam frame, the each fifth beam frame comprising an identification of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a corresponding preferred reception of the responding device a combination identifier of the sector, the at least one fifth beam frame is used by the responding device to determine an optimal combination correspondence relationship in the P type combination correspondence relationship, and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship, the channel state The information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combined correspondence, and the optimal combined correspondence includes a transmitting sector group of the initiating device. And a
  • each of the M second beam frames includes an SNR of a signal transmitted by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device; and the transceiver 920 passes an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device
  • the processor 910 is specifically configured to: determine, according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information; The MCS level of the first feedback information determines the first feedback information.
  • the first feedback information is used to indicate a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device determined by the initiating device according to the M second beam frames; the transceiver 920 is further configured to: Receiving at least one of the response device transmitting through the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device a sixth beam frame, where the at least one sixth beam frame is a BRP frame; the processor 910 is further configured to: determine, according to the at least one sixth beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and the responding device a combination of a plurality of preferred transmission sectors; the transceiver 920 is configured to: send, to the responding device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the response in the Q combination correspondence a combination of Q preferred transmit sectors of the device, the one of the Q combinations of the combinations comprising a preferred transmit sector combination of the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device and the corresponding A preferred correspondence between a preferred receiving sector combination.
  • the transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame sent by the responding device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame
  • Each of the sixth beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the sixth beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to: receive the at least one sixth beam frame that is sent by the responding device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the processor 910 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one sixth beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device, where the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device The transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: send, to the responding device, fourth feedback information, where the fourth feedback information is used to indicate a maximum value of the preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device; Receiving, by the responding device, at least one seventh beam frame determined according to the fourth feedback information, sent by the multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device, where each seventh beam frame in the at least one seventh beam frame includes transmitting the An identifier of a preferred transmit antenna where a preferred transmit sector of
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device;
  • the transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: when the responding device determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is less than the response Receiving, by the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame simultaneously transmitted by the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device when the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the device is received; when the responding device determines the dynamic of the initiating device And when the range is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, receiving the at least one sixth one by one by the responding device by using each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device Beam frame.
  • the transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: receive, by the response device, the at least one sixth beam frame, which is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 920 is specifically configured to: receive, by the response device, the at least one sixth beam frame, which is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 920 is configured to: after sending the second request information to the responding device, receive the preferred transmitting sector combination of the Q transmitting sector combinations of the responding device by using the responding device, and send the same At least one eighth beam frame, the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the Q type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one eighth beam frame is equal to the a channel bandwidth of a data field in each eighth beam frame, the eighth beam frame comprising an identification of a preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device transmitting each of the eighth beam frames and a corresponding preferred reception of the responding device a combination identifier of the sector; the processor 910 is configured to determine, according to the at least one eighth beam frame, an optimal combination correspondence relationship and a channel state of the optimal combination correspondence relationship in the Q type combination correspondence relationship Information, the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combination correspondence, and the optimal combination correspondence includes one of the response devices Receiving a correspondence between a combination
  • the initiating device 900 may correspond to the initiating device 500 in the embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to executing the corresponding body in the method 100 and the method 200 according to the embodiment of the present invention, and initiating the device 900.
  • the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the initiating devices in the respective methods in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • the initiating device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the preferred transmitting sector and the response device of the initiating device are obtained by training the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • a beam pair training process in an SU-MIMO application scenario is implemented for an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio channels and a responding device having multiple receiving radio channels.
  • a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of a response device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and a preferred receiving sector of an initiating device having a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels can also be trained.
  • the response device 1000 includes a processor 1010 and a transceiver 1020, a processor 1010, and a transceiver.
  • the device 1020 is connected.
  • the response device 1000 further includes a memory 1030.
  • the memory 1030 is coupled to the processor 1010.
  • the response device 1000 includes a bus system 1040.
  • the processor 1010, the memory 1030, and the transceiver 1020 can be connected by a bus system 1040.
  • the memory 1030 can be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 1030 to control the transceiver 1020 to send information or signal,
  • the processor 1010 is configured to determine, according to the N first beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the initiating device;
  • the transceiver 1020 is further configured to send, to the initiating device, M second beam frames, where the number of the M second beam frames is determined by the responding device according to the number of transmitting sectors of the at least one transmitting antenna of the responding device, and Determining, by the initiating device, the number of received radio frequency channels and the number of receiving antennas, wherein the jth second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes an identifier of the transmitting antenna that transmits the jth second beam frame and a transmitting sector Identifying, and an identifier of an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device determined by the responding device according to the N first beam frames and an identifier of an antenna where the optimal transmitting sector is located, where the M second beam frames are used for the initiating
  • the transceiver 1020 is further configured to: receive first feedback information sent by the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, where the first feedback information is used by the initiating device according to the M second waves Beam frame determined;
  • the processor 1010 is further configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmit sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the responding device;
  • the transceiver 1020 is further configured to send second feedback information to the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the determining, by the responding device, according to the N first beam frames.
  • the response device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the transmitting sector of the initiating device and the responding device is trained by the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • a plurality of transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the responding device may be obtained, thereby implementing a beam training process when the initiating device and the responding device have multiple transmitting radio frequency channels.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: according to the at least one third beam a frame, a P type combination relationship between a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the responding device and a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, wherein the at least one third beam frame is a waveform optimized BRP frame, and P is a positive integer
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, to the initiating device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device in the P combination correspondence, the P combination A combined correspondence in the correspondence includes a combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the originating device and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding responding device.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • Each of the third beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one third beam frame, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device, the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the responding device being equal to the number of receiving RF channels of the responding device The transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, to the initiating device, third feedback information, where the third feedback information is used to indicate multiple preferred connections of the responding device.
  • the receiving antenna includes a maximum value of the number of preferred receiving sectors; receiving at least one fourth beam frame determined by the initiating device by using the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device according to the third feedback information, where Each fourth beam frame of the at least one fourth beam frame includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each fourth beam frame is transmitted, the at least one fourth beam frame being a waveform optimized BRP frame;
  • the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the at least one fourth beam frame, the P type combination correspondence.
  • each second beam frame of the M second beam frames includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device;
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: when the initiating device determines When the dynamic range of the responding device is smaller than the SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device, the initiating device simultaneously transmits at least one third beam frame through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device;
  • the receiving device sends one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device. At least one third beam frame.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame that is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame that is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the responding device to determine the P type combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: after receiving the first request information sent by the initiating device, receive, by the initiating device, each preferred transmit sector combination in the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, Transmitting at least one fifth beam frame, the first request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame Equal to a channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames, the each fifth beam frame including an identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a corresponding response device Preferably, the combined identifier of the receiving sector;
  • the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the at least one fifth beam frame, an optimal combination correspondence relationship and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship in the P type combination correspondence relationship, the channel state information a channel matrix indicating a correspondence relationship of the optimal group, where the optimal combination correspondence is a correspondence between a preferred transmit
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device; before the transceiver 1020 sends the second feedback information to the initiating device by using the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device
  • the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: determine, according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the second feedback information; and determine, according to the MCS level of the second feedback information, The second feedback information.
  • the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, a plurality of preferred transmit sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device; the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: pass the response device a plurality of preferred transmit antennas, transmitting at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, the at least one sixth beam frame being used by the initiating device to determine a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred transmissions of the responding device
  • the Q-type combination correspondence between the sectors, the at least one sixth beam frame is a BRP frame;
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: receive the second indication information sent by the initiating device; the processor 1010 is specifically configured to: Determining, by the second indication information, Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device in the Q type combination correspondence, where one combination correspondence relationship of the Q kinds of combination correspondences includes Q preferred transmitting sectors of the responding device A combined correspondence between a preferred transmit sector combination in the combination and a preferred receive sector combination of the corresponding
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit sectors of the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame, the at least one sixth beam frame
  • Each of the sixth beam frames includes an identification of a preferred transmit antenna in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the sixth beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, where the at least one sixth beam frame is used Determining, by the initiating device, a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device, where the number of the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device is equal to the number of receiving radio channels of the initiating device; The fourth feedback information is used to indicate that the plurality of preferred receiving antennas of the initiating device include the most of the preferred receiving sectors.
  • the first feedback information includes a signal to noise ratio SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device;
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: when the processor 1010 determines that the dynamic range of the initiating device is smaller than the Responding to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the device, transmitting at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device through the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device; when the processor 1010 determines the dynamics of the initiating device When the range is greater than or equal to the SNR of the signal transmitted by the optimal transmitting sector of the responding device, the at least one sixth one of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the responding device is sent to the initiating device one by one Beam frame.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, the at least one sixth beam
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: send, by using the preferred one of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the responding device, the at least one sixth beam frame to the initiating device, the at least one sixth beam
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each sixth beam frame in the frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the initiating device to determine the Q type combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1020 is specifically configured to: after receiving the second request information sent by the initiating device, send each preferred transmit sector combination in the Q preferred transmit sector combinations of the responding device, and simultaneously initiate the The device sends at least one eighth beam frame, where the second request information is used to indicate that the responding device performs beam training according to the Q type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one eighth beam frame is equal to a channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the eighth beam frames, the eighth beam frame comprising an identifier of a preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device transmitting the eighth beam frame and a corresponding preference of the initiating device a combination identifier of the receiving sector, where the at least one eighth beam frame is used by the initiating device to determine an optimal combination correspondence relationship in the Q type combination correspondence relationship, and channel state information of the optimal combination correspondence relationship, the channel Status letter
  • the information is used to indicate a channel matrix of the optimal combination correspondence, the optimal combination correspondence being a preferred transmit sector combination of the responding device and a
  • the response device 1000 may correspond to the response device 600 in the embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to executing the corresponding body in the method 100 and the method 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the response device 1000
  • the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the above are respectively to implement the corresponding processes of the response devices in the respective methods in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • the response device in the SU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the application scenario of the SU-MIMO, and the preferred transmit sector and the response device of the initiating device are obtained by training the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the responding device.
  • the beam pair training process of the channel response device in the SU-MIMO application scenario a combined correspondence between a preferred transmitting sector of a response device having a plurality of transmitting radio frequency channels and a preferred receiving sector of an initiating device having a plurality of receiving radio frequency channels can also be trained.
  • the initiating device 1100 includes a processor 1110 and a transceiver 1120, and a processor 1110.
  • the device 1120 is connected.
  • the initiating device 1100 further includes a memory 1130.
  • the memory 1130 is connected to the processor 1110.
  • the initiating device 1100 includes a bus system 1140.
  • the processor 1110, the memory 1130, and the transceiver 1120 may be connected by a bus system 1140, where the memory 1130 may be used to store instructions, and the processor 1110 is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory 1130 to control the transceiver 1120 to send information or signal,
  • the transceiver 1120 is configured to receive U k second beam frames sent by the kth responding device, where the number of the U k second beam frames is determined by the kth responding device according to at least one of the kth responding devices Determining, by the number of transmitting sectors of the transmitting antenna, and the number of receiving radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the jth An identifier of a transmit antenna of the two-beam frame and an identifier of the transmit sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmit sector of the initiating device corresponding to the k-th responding device determined by the k-th responding device and the optimal transmit fan
  • the processor 1110 is configured to determine, according to the U k second beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the kth responding device, and acquire an optimal transmit fan of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device. Area;
  • the transceiver 1120 is further configured to: send, by using an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, first feedback information to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responsive device determined by the initiating device according to the U k second beam frames;
  • the transceiver 1120 is further configured to: receive second feedback information sent by the kth responding device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate the kth responding device Corresponding at least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device, the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device determined by each responding device being equal to the number of transmitting radio frequency channels of the initiating device.
  • the initiating device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention obtains a preferred transmit antenna corresponding to each responding device in the initiating device by transmitting a beam frame to the plurality of responding devices; the plurality of responding devices send the beam frame, Training obtains a preferred transmit antenna for each responding device, thereby implementing a transmit beam training procedure for an initiating device having multiple transmit radio frequency channels and a plurality of responding devices having one or more transmit radio frequency channels.
  • the transceiver 1120 is configured to: send, by using the multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, where the at least one third beam frame is used for the kth
  • the response device determines at least one candidate combination correspondence between the at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the at least one third beam
  • the frame is a waveform optimized BRP frame; receiving the kth response setting
  • the processor 1110 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the K pieces of the first indication information sent by the K response devices, Corresponding relationship between a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and a plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices;
  • the transceiver 1120 is specifically configured to: according to the P type combination correspondence, The kth responding device sends the second indication information
  • the transceiver 1120 is specifically configured to: send the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third Each third beam frame in the beam frame includes an identification of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 1120 is configured to: send, by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices in a quasi-omnidirectional manner, the at least one third beam frame Determining, for the kth responding device, at least one preferred receiving sector of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device, the number of at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device being equal to the kth response
  • the transceiver 1120 is configured to: send, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, the at least one third beam.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame in the frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1120 is configured to: send, by using each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, at least one third beam frame to the K responding devices, the at least one third beam.
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame in the frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1120 is specifically configured to: after sending the first request information to the K responding devices, use each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, and simultaneously The K responding devices send at least one fifth beam frame, where the first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P types of combined correspondence, and training each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the field is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field in each of the fifth beam frames
  • each of the fifth beam frames includes an identifier of the preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device transmitting the each fifth beam frame and a corresponding Responding to the combined identification of the preferred receiving sectors of the device, the at least one fifth beam frame being used by the kth responding device to determine at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one preference in the P combination correspondences
  • the channel state information of each preferred combination correspondence in the combination correspondence the channel state information is used to indicate the channel moment of each preferred combination correspondence
  • the Uk second beam frames include an SNR of a signal transmitted by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device; and the transceiver 1120 passes the corresponding kth responding device
  • the transmitted signal SNR of the sector determines a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first feedback information; and the first feedback information is determined according to the MCS level of the first feedback information.
  • the initiating device 1100 may correspond to the initiating device 700 in the embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to executing the corresponding body in the method 300 and the method 400 according to the embodiment of the present invention, and initiating the device 1100.
  • the initiating device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to an application scenario of a MU-MIMO with multiple responding devices, and the initiating device obtains the initiating by using the beam frame respectively sent by the initiating device and the multiple responding devices.
  • a preferred transmitting sector of the device and a preferred receiving sector of each responding device and further training to obtain a combined correspondence between the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sector of each responding device, thereby achieving A beam pair training process in an MU-MIMO application scenario for an initiating device that transmits a radio frequency channel and a plurality of responding devices that have one or more receiving radio frequency channels.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a response device 1200 in a MU-MIMO technology according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the response device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and a transceiver 1220, a processor 1210, and a transceiver.
  • the device 1220 is connected.
  • the response device 1200 further includes a memory 1230.
  • the memory 1230 is coupled to the processor 1210.
  • the response device 1200 includes a bus system 1240.
  • the processor 1210, the memory 1230, and the transceiver 1220 can be connected by a bus system 1240.
  • the memory 1230 can be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 1230 to control the transceiver 1220 to send information or signal,
  • the transceiver 1220 is configured to receive T first beam frames sent by the initiating device, where the number of the T first beam frames is determined by the initiating device according to the total number of transmitting sectors of the initiating device, and each of the K response devices Determining, by the number of receiving radio frequency channels and the number of receiving antennas, the i-th first beam frame in the T first beam frames includes an identifier of the transmitting antenna that transmits the i-th first beam frame and a transmitting sector
  • the T first first beam frame is a beam scanning SSW frame, a short beam scanning SSSW packet or a beacon beacon frame
  • K is a positive integer greater than 1
  • k 1, 2, 3, ..., K
  • the processor 1210 is configured to determine, according to the T first beam frames, a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the initiating device;
  • the transceiver 1220 is configured to send, to the initiating device, U k second beam frames, where the number of the U k second beam frames is transmitted by the kth responding device according to the at least one transmitting antenna of the kth responding device Determining, by the number of sectors, the number of received radio channels and the number of receiving antennas of the initiating device, the jth second beam frame in the U k second beam frames includes transmitting the j th second beam frame An identifier of the transmitting antenna and an identifier of the transmitting sector, and an identifier of the optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device determined by the kth responding device and an antenna of the optimal transmitting sector Identifying that the U k second beam frames are used by the initiating device to determine a quality of a sector of a transmit antenna of the kth responding device and acquire an optimal transmit sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device
  • the U k second beam frames are SSW frames or SSSW
  • the transceiver 1220 is further configured to: receive, by the initiating device, first feedback information sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the initiating device corresponding to the kth responding device, where the first feedback information is used by the initiating device according to the U Determined by k second beam frames;
  • the processor 1210 is further configured to: determine, according to the first feedback information, at least one preferred transmit sector of the at least one preferred transmit antenna of the kth responding device;
  • the transceiver 1220 is further configured to send second feedback information to the initiating device by using an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, where the second feedback information is used to indicate that the kth responding device is configured according to the T At least one preferred transmitting sector of the at least one preferred transmitting antenna of the initiating device determined by a beam frame, the number of the plurality of preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device determined by each responding device being equal to the transmitting radio frequency channel of the initiating device Number.
  • the response device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention may be any one of the plurality of response devices in the MU-MIMO application scenario, and the device is trained to obtain the response device by sending a beam frame to the initiating device.
  • Preferred transmitting antennas; and the initiating device obtains a preferred transmitting antenna corresponding to each responding device in the initiating device by transmitting beam frames to the plurality of responding devices, thereby implementing an initiating device having multiple transmitting radio frequency channels and having one Or a transmit beam training process of a plurality of responding devices that transmit radio frequency channels.
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device; the processor 1210 is specifically configured to: according to the at least one third beam a frame determining at least one candidate combination correspondence between at least one preferred receiving sector of the kth responding device and at least one of a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, the at least one third beam
  • the frame is a waveform-optimized BRP frame;
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: send the first indication information to the initiating device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the at least one candidate combination correspondence; the first indication information is used by the The initiating device determines a P type combination relationship between the plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device and the plurality of preferred receiving sectors of the K responding devices; the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive the first sent by the initiating device
  • the second instruction information is configured to: determine, according to the second indication
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame sent by the initiating device by using multiple preferred transmitting sectors of the multiple preferred transmitting antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame Each of the third beam frames includes an identification of one or more preferred transmit antennas in which the preferred transmit sector of each of the third beam frames is transmitted.
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive the at least one third beam frame that is sent by the initiating device by using a plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device in a quasi-omnidirectional manner; the processor 1210 is specifically configured to: Determining, according to the at least one third beam frame, at least one preferred receiving sector of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device, the number of the at least one preferred receiving antenna of the kth responding device being equal to the kth Responding to the number of the receiving RF channels of the device; the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: send, to the initiating device, third feedback information, where the third feedback information is used to indicate the kth responding device determined by the kth responding device
  • the at least one preferred receiving antenna includes a maximum of the number of preferred receiving sectors; the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, a plurality of preferred transmitting sectors of the initiating device, according to the third At least one fourth beam frame determined by the feedback
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame that is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is smaller than the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: receive, by the initiating device, at least one third beam frame that is sent one by one through each of the plurality of preferred transmit antennas of the initiating device, the at least one third beam frame
  • the channel bandwidth of the training field of each third beam frame is equal to the channel bandwidth of the data field, and the training field is used to carry the training parameters required by the kth responding device to determine the at least one candidate combination correspondence.
  • the transceiver 1220 is specifically configured to: after receiving the initiating device, set the response to the K After receiving the first request information, receiving, by the initiating device, each of the preferred transmit sector combinations of the P preferred transmit sector combinations of the initiating device, and simultaneously transmitting at least one fifth beam frame to the K responding devices,
  • the first request information is used to indicate that the K responding devices perform beam training according to the P type combination correspondence, and a channel bandwidth of a training field of each beam frame in the at least one fifth beam frame is equal to the each fifth beam frame.
  • the processor 1210 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the at least one fifth beam frame, at least one preferred combination correspondence in the P combination correspondence, and each preferred combination in the at least one preferred combination correspondence Corresponding channel state information, the channel state information is used to indicate a channel matrix of each of the preferred combined correspondences; the transceiver 1220 is specific And the third indication information is sent to the initiating device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the at least one preferred combination correspondence, and the at least one preferred combination of each of the K response devices corresponds to the at least one preferred combination
  • the relationship is used by the initiating device to determine an optimal combination correspondence of the P combinations, where the optimal combination correspondence includes a preferred transmit sector combination of the initiating device and each of the K response devices Corresponding relationship between a preferred receiving sector combination, the at least one fifth beam frame being
  • the first feedback frame includes an SNR of a signal sent by an optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device; and the transmitting device 1220 passes the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device to the initiating device
  • the processor 1210 is specifically configured to: determine, according to an SNR of the signal sent by the optimal transmitting sector of the kth responding device, a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the second feedback information; The MCS level of the second feedback information determines the second feedback information.
  • the response device 1200 may correspond to the response device 800 in the embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to executing the corresponding body in the method 300 and the method 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the response device 1200
  • the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in order to implement the corresponding processes of the response devices in the respective methods in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are omitted for brevity.
  • the response device in the MU-MIMO technology of the embodiment of the present invention may be any one of the response devices in the MU-MIMO application scenario with multiple responding devices, and each of the responding devices and the plurality of responding devices respectively a transmitted beam frame, trained to obtain a preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device and a preferred receiving sector of each responding device, and further trained to obtain between the preferred transmitting sector of the initiating device and the preferred receiving sector of each responding device Combination of correspondence, and thus There is now a beam pair training process in which the initiating device transmitting the radio frequency channel and the plurality of responding devices having one or more receiving radio frequency channels are in the application scenario of the MU-MIMO.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, Either a network device or the like) performs all or part of the steps of the method described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例涉及一种训练波束的方法和装置。该方法包括：发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧；该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧；该发起设备通过最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送用于指示该发起设备根据第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的第一反馈信息；该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送用于指示根据第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的第二反馈信息。本发明实施例的训练波束的方法和装置，能够应用于MIMO场景中的波束对训练过程。

Description

训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，尤其涉及训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备。
背景技术
在高频通信中，特别是毫米波频段，发射信号的衰减远远大于在较低频率(6GHz)的情况。为了抵抗较高的信号衰减，通常采用波束赋形的方式发送信号。当波束宽带足够窄的时候，使得发送信号和接收信号端可以达到一定的通信距离和传输速率。但是当波束太窄的时候，接收端和发送端互相发现会十分困难；而波束太宽时，天线增益不高，不能获得理想的传输速率。因此在国际电工电子工程学会(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers，IEEE)802.11ad的标准中设计了基于波束赋形的传输，并且定义了用于一对站点(Station，STA)之间达到必要的方向多吉比特(directional multi-gigabit，DMG)后续的通信的链路预算的一种机制，该机制包括扇区级扫描(Sector-Level Sweep,SLS)阶段和波束优化协议(Beam Refinement Protocol,BRP)阶段，其中，发起波束训练的STA可以称为发起设备，而响应发起设备的对端STA称为响应设备。
具体地，SLS阶段是为发起设备和响应设备建立通信的基本通道，发起设备可以获得发送到响应设备的最优发射扇区，而响应设备也可以获得发送到发起设备的最优发射扇区，也就是说可以选择出双方的最优发射波束，并利用发送波束的增益。
在BRP阶段，发起设备和响应设备通过发送波束优化协议帧(BRP frame)，确定波束优化参数，并且根据波束优化参数发送后缀了训练字段的波束优化协议包(BRP packet)进行波束优化。
在IEEE 802.11ad中已经考虑收发设备具有多个天线的问题，但收发机仅有一个接收链路和一个发射频链，也就是802.11ad中仅支持单用户的单天线的波束训练。而目前IEEE 802.11ay考虑将IEEE 802.11ad的标准演进到支持多个收发射频链的场景中，即多输入多输出(Multiple Input Multiple Output，MIMO)场景，因此，在IEEE 802.11ad框架下如何实现支持MIMO的波束训练过程成为亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种训练波束的方法和装置，能够应用于MIMO场景中的波束对训练过程。
第一方面，提供了一种单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，该方法包括：发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧用于该响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；
该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧，确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取该发起设备的最优发射扇区；
该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本申请实施例的单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应 设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
应理解，在发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧之前，该发起设备获取该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数。发起设备根据自身的发射天线的个数和每个发射天线包括的发射扇区的个数，确定自身发射扇区的总数，再根据获取得到响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数，确定响应设备的接收天线数除以响应设备的接收射频通道数的商，该商值可以称为第一商值，则N个第一波束帧的个数等于发起设备的发射扇区总数乘以该第一商值。
可选地，当响应设备的接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该发起设备确定的N个第一波束帧的个数等于该发起设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
可选地，发起设备可以向响应设备逐个发送该N个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧。具体地，发起设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向响应设备逐个发送N个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧，即发起设备每次只通过一个发射扇区发送一个第一波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧包括发送该第一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。对应地，响应设备可以采用准全向的方式，采用多个射频通道同时接收发起设备发送的第一波束帧。
同样地，在确定M个第二波束帧之前，响应设备获取发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数。响应设备确定自身的发射天线的发射扇区的总个数，再确定发起设备的接收天线的个数和接收射频通道个数的商值，则M个第二波束帧的个数等于响应设备的发射扇区总数乘以该商值。
可选地，由于响应设备可以根据N个第一波束帧，确定自身的接收扇区的质量，则响应设备可以确定与接收射频通道数相等的优选接收天线个数，若天线满足天线互易性，优选发射天线即为优选接收天线，则响应设备的发射射频通道数等于发射天线数，即响应设备的发射扇区总数等于优选接收天线个数乘以每个天线的扇区个数。
可选地，当发起设备的接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该响应设备确定的M个第二波束帧的个数等于该响应设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
可选地，响应设备可以向发起设备逐个发送该M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧。具体地，响应设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇 区，向发起设备逐个发送M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧，即响应设备每次通过一个发射扇区发送一个第二波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第二波束帧，该第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。对应地，发起设备可以采用准全向的方式，采用多个射频通道同时接收响应设备发送的第二波束帧。
应理解，为了提高第一反馈信息和第二发信息的效率，一种优选的方式发起设备采用发起设备的最优发射天线的最优发射扇区第一反馈信息，响应设备采用响应设备的最优发射天线的最优发射扇区第二反馈信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的第一指示信息；该发起设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
应理解，对于响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系，包括：发起设备包括多个优选发射天线，且该优先发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道数，每个优选发射天线还包括至少一个优选发射扇区，即该发起设备可以包括多个优选发射扇区；同样的，响应设备包括多个优选接收天线，且该优先接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道数，每个优选接收天线还包括至少一个优选接收扇区，即该响应设备可以包括多个优选接收扇区，将发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区进行一一对应，则可以获得发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间一种组合对应关系。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个 优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三扫描帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
具体地，发起设备通过自身的每个优选发射扇区，向响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧的个数可以等于该发起设备的优选发射天线的个数，即发起设备通过一个优选发射天线发送一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识。可选地，该第三波束帧可以为BRP帧，则该第三波束帧中可以不包括发送该第三波束帧的扇区的标识，通过BRP包中的TRN子字段的顺序关系携带扇区标识，而只包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识，发起设备通过自身的优选发射天线的优选发射扇区发送该第三波束帧。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；
该方法还包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备确定的该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四扫描帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围；当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射 天线，同时向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧；当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三扫描帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该发起设备向该响应设备发送第一请求信息之后，该发起设备通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
这样，通过训练获得的发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，可以进一步获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优组合对应关系以及对应的信道状态信息，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该方法还包括：该发起设备根据该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；该发起设备根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
可选地，发起设备也可以向响应设备反馈响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，则响应设备可以根据最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定第二反馈信息的MCS等级。
应理解，当SNR高时，第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。即可以通过第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别反馈多个优选发射扇区。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该方法还包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该发起设备根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系；该发起设备向该响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个 优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；
该发起设备根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，包括：该发起设备根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；该发起设备向该响应设备发送第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区发送的根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧；该发起设备根据该至少一个第七波束帧，确定该Q种组合对应关系。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个 优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该发起设备向该响应设备发送第二请求信息之后，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的Q个发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；该发起设备根据该至少一个第八波束帧，在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该响应设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
通过训练获得的响应设备的多个优选发射扇区和发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，进一步获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优的组合对应关系以及信道状态信息，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
第二方面，提供了一种单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方 法，该方法包括：响应设备接收发起设备发送的N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；该响应设备向该发起设备发送M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量以及该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……m；
该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的；该响应设备根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该响应设备的最优发射扇区属于该响应设备的至少一个优选发射扇区，该第二反馈信息用于指示该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本申请实施例的单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该响应 设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；该响应设备向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；
该响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，包括：该响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该响应设备向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该响应设备根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该P种组合对应关系。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该 M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的至少一个第三波束帧；当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该响应设备接收该发起设备发送的第一请求信息后，该响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；该 响应设备根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优组的合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优组合对应关系为该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
这样，通过训练获得的发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，可以进一步获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优组合对应关系以及对应的信道状态信息，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该第一反馈帧包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该方法还包括：该响应设备根据该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；该响应设备根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第二反馈信息。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，包括：该响应设备根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该方法还包括：该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该响应设备接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该响应设备根据该第二指示信息，确定该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个 优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；
该方法还包括：该响应设备接收该发起设备发送的第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧用于该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该响应设备获取该发起设备的动态范围；当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧；当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一 个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，包括：该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该响应设备接收该发起设备发送的第二请求信息后，该响应设备通过该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该发起设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第八波束帧用于该发起设备在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系为该响应设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合，该至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
通过训练获得的响应设备的多个优选发射扇区和发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，进一步获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优的组合对应关系以及信道状态信息，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
第三方面，提供了一种多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，该方法包括：发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该T个 第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧用于该K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区；该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本申请实施例的多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对MU-MIMO的应用场景，发起设备向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线；多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射 波束训练过程。
应理解，在发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧之前，该发起设备获取每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数。具体地，发起设备根据获取的K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线个数，确定出K个响应设备中接收天线数与接收射频通道数的比值的最大值；再根据自身的发射天线的个数和每个发射天线包括的发射扇区的个数，确定自身发射扇区的总数，则T个第一波束帧的个数等于发起设备的发射扇区总数乘以该比值最大值。
应理解，发起设备可以向K个响应设备逐个发送该T个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧。具体地，发起设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向响应设备逐个发送T个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧，即发起设备每次只通过一个发射扇区发送一个第一波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧包括发送该第一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。而对于响应设备，每个响应设备都可以采用准全向的方式，同时接收发起设备发送的第一波束帧。
应理解，在第k个响应设备发送Uk个第二波束帧之前，该第k个响应设备可以获取发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数。每个响应设备确定发起设备的接收天线数除以接收射频通道数的商，该商值可以称为第二商值，则每个响应设备将自身的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值，即为第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧中Uk的取值。
可选地，当第k个响应设备的发射天线满足天线互易性时，第k响应设备的优选接收天线即为优选发射天线，优选发射天线个数等于发射射频通道数，则第k响应设备只需训练该优选接收天线中的接收扇区，即第k响应设备确定Uk个第二波束帧时，Uk等于该第k响应设备的优选发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值。
可选地，当不满足天线的互易性时，第k个响应设备发送的第二波束帧的个数Uk等于响应设备将自身的多个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值。
可选地，K个响应设备可以逐个向发起设备逐个发送第二波束帧。具体地，K个响应设备逐个发送第二波束帧，且对于第k个响应设备，可以通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向发起设备逐个发送Uk个第二波 束帧中的每个第二波束帧，即每个响应设备每次通过一个发射扇区发送一个第二波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第二波束帧，该第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。但是，对应的发起设备可以采用准全向的方式，同时接收第二波束帧。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该发起设备根据该K个响应设备发送的K个该第一指示信息，确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该发起设备根据该P种组合对应关系，向该第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
应理解，对于第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一种候选组合对应关系包括：发起设备包括至少一个优选发射天线，且该优先发射天线的个数小于或者等于该发起设备的发射射频通道数，每个优选发射天线还包括至少一个优选发射扇区，即该发起设备可以包括至少一个优选发射扇区；同样的，第k个响应设备包括至少一个优选接收天线，且该优先接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道数，每个优选接收天线还包括至少一个优选接收扇区，即该响应设备可以包括至少一个优选接收扇区，将发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区与第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区进行一一对应，则可以获得发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区与第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区之间一种组合对应关系。
对于P种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系包括：发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和K个响应设备中每个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区 之间的对应关系，则P种组合对应关系中每个响应设备对应包括P种优选接收扇区组合，该发起设备通过向每个响应设备发送第二指示信息，指示各个响应设备对应于P种组合对应关系的P个优选接收扇区组合，即向第k个响应设备发送的第二指示信息用于指示该第k个响应设备在P种组合对应关系中的P个优选接收扇区组合。
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该方法还包括：该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段 的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该发起设备向该K个响应设备发送第一请求信息后，该发起设备通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该第k个响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系；该发起设备根据该K个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式，在第三方面的另一种实现方式中，该Uk个第二波束帧包括对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该方法还包括：该发起设备根据应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区 的发送的信号SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；该发起设备根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
可选地，发起设备也可以向第k个响应设备反馈该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，则第k个响应设备可以根据最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定第二反馈信息的MCS等级。
应理解，当SNR高时，第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。即可以通过第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息分别反馈多个优选发射扇区。
通过训练获得的该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和多个响应设备中每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，可以获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
第四方面，提供了一种多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，该方法包括：K个响应设备中的第k个响应设备接收发起设备发送的T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
该第k个响应设备根据该T个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；该第k个响应设备向该发起设备发送Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整 数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的；该第k个响应设备根据该第一反馈信息，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区属于该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备根据该T个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本申请实施例的多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对MU-MIMO的应用场景，发起设备向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线；多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该第k个响应设备向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该第一指示信息用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该第k个响应设备根据该第二指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；该第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，包括：该第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该第k个响应设备向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧，包括：该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备向该K个响应设备发送的第一请求信息后，该第k个响应设备接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；该第k个响应设备向该发起设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系，该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的该至少一种优选的组合对应关系用于该发起设备确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式，在第四方面的另一种实现方式中，该第一反馈帧包括该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该方法还包括：该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；该第k个响应设备根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第 二反馈信息。
通过训练获得的该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和多个响应设备中每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，可以获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的最优的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
第五方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第六方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第七方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第八方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第九方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，包括：存储单元和处理器，该存储单元用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，包括：存储单元和处理器，该存储单元用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，包括：存储单元和处理器，该存储单元用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种训练波束的装置，包括：存储单元和处理器， 该存储单元用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十四方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十五方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十六方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
附图说明
图1是根据本发明实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图2是根据本发明实施例的相控天线的天线阵的示意图。
图3是根据本发明实施例的可支持MIMO的相控天线的天线阵的示意图。
图4是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法的示意性流程图。
图5是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法的另一示意性流程图。
图6是根据本发明实施例的占用部分信道的BRP包的示意图。
图7是根据本发明实施例的占用全部信道的BRP包的示意图。
图8是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法的示意性流程图。
图9是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法的另一示意性流程图。
图10是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备的示意性框图。
图11是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备的示意性框图。
图12是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备的示意性框图。
图13是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备的示意性框图。
图14是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备的另一示意性框图。
图15是根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备的另一示意性框图。
图16是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备的另一示意性框图。
图17是根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备的另一示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
应理解，本发明实施例可以应用于无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，WLAN)，并且本发明实施例可以适用于WLAN当前采用的国际电工电子工程学会(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers，IEEE)802.11系列协议中的任意一种协议。WLAN可以包括一个或多个基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)，基本服务集中的网络节点包括接入点(Access Point，AP)和站点(station，STA)。IEEE 802.11ad在原有的BSS基础上，引入个人基本服务集(Personal Basic Service Set，PBSS)和个人基本服务集控制节点(PBSS Control Point，PCP)。每个个人基本服务集可以包含一个AP/PCP和多个关联于该AP/PCP的站点。
具体地，本发明实施例中发起设备和响应设备可以是WLAN中用户站点(STA)，该用户站点也可以称为系统、用户单元、接入终端、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、 用户代理、用户装置或用户设备(User Equipment，UE)。该STA可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、具有无线局域网(例如Wi-Fi)通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。
另外，本发明实施例中的发起设备和响应设备也可以是WLAN中AP/PCP，AP/PCP可用于与接入终端通过无线局域网进行通信，并将接入终端的数据传输至网络侧，或将来自网络侧的数据传输至接入终端。
图1示出了根据本发明实施例的应用场景的示意图。如图1所示的场景系统可以是WLAN系统，图1的WLAN系统可以包括一个或者多个AP/PCP和一个或者多个STA，图1以一个AP/PCP和三个STA为例。AP/PCP和STA之间可以通过各种标准进行无线通信。其中，AP/PCP和STA之间可以采用单用户多入多出(Single-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，SU-MIMO)技术或多用户多入多出(Multi-Users Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，MU-MIMO)技术进行无线通信。
为了使得本发明实例的方案便于理解，在描述本发明实施例的训练波束的方法的实施例之前，首先对现有的802.11协议中的波束赋形训练过程进行介绍。
在IEEE 802.11ad标准的波束训练过程中，可以包括SLS阶段，还可以包括BRP阶段。
其中，在SLS阶段，可以具体分为发起设备扇区扫描(Initiator Sector Sweep，ISS)、响应设备扇区扫描(Responder Sector Sweep，RSS)、扇区扫描反馈(Sector Sweep Feedback，SSW-Feedback)和扇区扫描确认(Sector Sweep ACK，SSW-ACK)四个子阶段，从而建立发起设备和响应设备之间的基本链路。具体地，在ISS阶段，发起设备通过发送多个扇区扫描(Sector Sweep，SSW)帧，或者包含SSW字段的信标帧，进行发起设备的发射扇区或接收扇区的训练，即ISS阶段为发起设备的发射波束或接收波束训练过程。类似的，响应设备在RSS阶段通过发送SSW帧进行响应设备的发射波束或接收波束训练。SLS中通过SSW-Feedback阶段和SSW-ACK阶段对上述的ISS和RSS阶段的结果进行确认，并且确定是否要进行波束优化。
应理解，在SLS阶段中，发起设备或响应设备可以通过发送U个包含 SSW字段的帧实现U个波束训练。不同的SSW帧或Beacon帧之间的间隔可以为短波束帧间间隔(Short Beamforming Interframe Space，SBIFS)，或者也可以为长波束帧间间隔(Long Beamforming Interframe Space，LBIFS)。而且SLS阶段也是为发起设备和响应设备建立了通信的基本通道，发起设备可以获得发送到响应设备的最优发射扇区，而响应设备也可以获得发送到发起设备的最优发射扇区，也就是说可以选择出发射波束，并利用发送波束的增益。在SLS阶段中的ISS和RSS子阶段采用的传输格式都是传输效率比较低，但是特别鲁棒的传输模式，如MCS0或MCS1；而SSW-Feedback和SSW-Ack子阶段仅可以用MCS0进行传输。
而在BRP阶段，发起设备和接收者通过发送波束优化协议帧(BRP frame)，确定波束优化参数，并根据波束优化参数发送后缀了训练字段的波束优化协议包(BRP packet)进行波束优化。如果BRP frame携带信道测量反馈元素(Channel Measurement Feedback elements)，还可以收集到多个扇区的标识，以及信道测量等信息。其中BRP包，分为接收波束优化包(BRP-RX)和发射波束优化包(BRP-TX)两种类型，可以通过在数据包后缀训练字段实现对发射和接收波束的训练。而BRP阶段是通过一个数据帧携带K段训练字段实现的K个波束训练。由于节省了很多SSW帧间的间隔，因此BRP阶段的训练效率较高。
具体地，BRP阶段可以包括BRP setup建立阶段、多个扇区标识检测(Multiple sector ID Detection，MID)阶段以及波束组合(Beam combination，BC)阶段，另外还包括一系列的前面的子阶段，和一个包含有波束优化请求和波束优化响应的波束优化业务。具体地，对于MID阶段，发起设备可以获得响应设备反馈的在SLS阶段训练获得多个较好的发射扇区，例如，发起设备可以获取Nbeam(I,TX)个较好的发射扇区，则进一步训练响应设备的多个较好的接收扇区Nbeam(I,RX)。然后在BC阶段，发起设备发送Nbeam(I,TX)个BRP-RX包，每个包中包含Nbeam(I,RX)个接收(波束)训练(receive training，TRN-R)子字段，这样可以训练Nbeam(I,TX)*Nbeam(I,RX)个收发波束的组合。类似的，MID阶段和BC阶段同样可以训练响应设备的发射扇区到发起设备的接收扇区之间的收发波束组合。
在IEEE 802.11ad中，可以通过以上过程完成发起设备与响应设备之间的发射波束和接收波束的训练。
需要说明的是，在IEEE 802.11ad可以支持多个DMG接收天线或DMG发射天线，这里的每个天线实际上均是指天线阵，在本发明实施例中简称天线，例如，图2中给出了一种相控天线的天线阵，即一个相控天线阵对应即为一根天线。每个天线可以采用波束发射和接收信号，也可以采用准全向发射和接收信号，例如，图2中给出的发起设备的天线采用的波束发射和接收信号，而响应者采用的准全向发射和接收信号。应理解，在IEEE 802.11ad中，虽然发起设备和响应设备具有多个天线，但发起设备和响应设备都只支持单个射频通道(Radio Frequency，RF)，即仅有一个接收链路和一个发射频链。而目前IEEE 802.11ay考虑支持MIMO的应用场景时，例如，图3示出了支持MIMO的发起设备和响应设备的示意图，即发起设备和响应设备可以具有多个RF，例如，在图3中，发起设备和响应设备各具有两个RF。
因此，目前IEEE 802.11ay考虑支持MIMO的应用场景时，则不能完全按照上述过程进行波束训练，而本发明实施例提出了一种训练波束的方法，可以在复用现有过程的基础上，扩展应用于MIMO场景下，具体可以包括SU-MIMO以及MU-MIMO两种场景。
图4示出了根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法100的示意性流程图，该方法100应用于SU-MIMO场景中，即针对单个发起设备与单个响应设备之间的波束训练。具体地，该方法100可以对应于现有技术中SLS阶段，如图4所示，该方法100具体包括：
S110，发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧用于该响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N。
在本发明实施例中，该S110复用现有技术中SLS阶段中的ISS阶段，用于训练发起设备的发射扇区。该方法100中的发起设备可以指首先发起波束训练的设备，具体地，该发起设备可以为图1中的AP/PCP，或者，也可以为图中的STA；对应的响应设备指响应发起设备的对端，例如，当发起设备为如图1所示的AP/PCP时，响应设备可以为如图1所示的STA；当发起 设备为如图1所示的STA时，则响应设备可以为如图1所示的AP/PCP，或者也可以为图中的STA。
应理解，在发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧之前，该发起设备获取该响应设备的接收射频通道数。响应设备具有多个接收射频通道，多个接收射频通道可以同时进行接收，提高波束训练的效率。发起设备根据获取的响应设备的接收射频通道数确定N个第一波束帧的个数，即N的具体取值，节省用于波束训练的资源。
响应设备可以通过接收射频通道数量的字段指示接收射频通道数量。例如，通过2bit直接指示该响应设备的接收射频通道数；或者，通过1bit指示该响应设备的接收射频通道数为1或者接收射频通道数等于接收天线数目。可选地，发起设备获取响应设备的接收射频通道数，可以在初始阶段中通过接入时STA能力信息字段(STA Capability Information field)中保留比特携带接收射频通道数信息；也可以在波束控制字段(BF control)的保留比特中携带，本发明实施例并不限于此。
在本发明实施例中，现有技术中发起设备可以获得自身的发射扇区总数、响应设备的接收天线个数。对于支持MIMO的发起者和响应者之间的波束训练过程，发起设备根据自身的发射扇区总数、响应设备的接收射频通道数以及接收天线个数，确定N个第一波束帧的个数，即N的取值。具体地，发起设备根据自身的发射天线的个数和每个发射天线包括的发射扇区的个数，确定自身发射扇区的总数，再根据获取得到响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数，确定响应设备的接收天线数除以响应设备的接收射频通道数的商，该商值可以称为第一商值，则N个第一波束帧的个数等于发起设备的发射扇区总数乘以该第一商值。可选地，当响应设备的接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该发起设备确定的N个第一波束帧的个数等于该发起设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
例如，发起设备一共有3个发送天线，分别为天线0、1和2，其中天线0有4个扇区，而天线1有3个扇区，而天线2有5个扇区，而响应设备有2个接收天线，且有2个接收射频通道，那么发起设备确定的第一波束帧的个数N＝(4+3+5)*(2/2)＝12。由于响应者具有2个接收射频通道，发起设备确定的第一波束帧的个数N比SISO的情况(4+3+5)*(2)＝24节省了一半。
可选地，该N个第一波束帧可以复用IEEE 802.11ad中SSW帧的结构，或者还可以为信标(beacon)帧，或者采用更优的SSW帧结构，例如短波束扫描(Short Sector SWeep，SSSW)包，用于节省波束训练开销，本发明实施例并不限于此。而对于发起设备确定的N个第一波束帧的个数，也可以称为该发起设备的总扇区数，可以通过SSW帧或beacon帧中的SSW feedback字段中的总扇区(Total sectors)子字段的值表示。应理解，对于发起设备向响应设备发送的该N个第一波束帧，第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识以及发送该第一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以使得响应设备可以根据接收到的第一波束帧中包括的标识信息确定对应的发起设备的发射扇区的质量。
可选地，发起设备可以向响应设备逐个发送该N个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧。具体地，发起设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向响应设备逐个发送N个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧，即发起设备每次只通过一个发射扇区发送一个第一波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧包括发送该第一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。
由于该方法100针对SU-MIMO的场景，原则上发射天线可以被同时训练，但当发射天线的阵元数比较大时，作为接收机的响应设备的模拟到数字变换器(Analog to Digital Convertor，ADC)限制了接收机获得的动态范围。因此，可以通过接收机的动态范围，判断是否能够同时训练发起设备的多个发射天线。具体地，发起设备的发射扇区向响应设备的接收扇区发送信号，响应设备可以确定发射扇区发送的信号到接收扇区的信噪比(SignalLto Noise Ratio，SNR)，同时也可以根据响应设备的ADC确定响应设备的动态范围，当不同发射扇区的信号的SNR的差异值小于响应设备的动态范围时，并且二者之间的差值满足工程余量，则该不同发射扇区可以同时进行训练，否则就不能同时进行训练。
应理解，发射扇区的信号的SNR与天线增益和信道质量都相关，因此，可以通过考虑发射天线的天线增益与响应设备的动态范围的差值，确定是否可以同时训练发射天线。
具体地，假设有N阵元均匀天线阵，那么发射天线获得的增益可以为10*log10(N)dBi，同理，接收天线为M阵元均匀天线阵，接收天线获得 的增益为10*log10(M)dBi，当阵元素比较多的时候，如果有N＝128，那么发射天线获得的增益21.0721dBi。而接收机的动态范围和该接收机的ADC的位数相关，假设ADC为6bit的ADC，那么该接收机的动态范围为10*log10(26)＝18dB，而一个具有12bit的ADC的接收机的动态范围为10*log10(212)＝36dB。因此，当ADC的动态范围大于天线增益时，原则上可以在相同的信道上通过不同的发射射频通道连接不同的发射天线同时进行发射波束训练，例如，发射天线为N阵元均匀天线阵，N＝128，发射天线获得的增益21.0721dBi，此时采用12bit的ADC的接收机的动态范围为10*log10(212)＝36dB，满足ADC的动态范围大于天线增益，则可以在相同的信道上同时通过不同的发送射频通道连接不同的发射天线同时进行发射波束训练。
另外，对于邻频带抑制的情况，相邻信道的1.2GHz的频偏处存在-17dBr的增益，2.7GHz的频偏处-22dBr，3.06GHz的频偏处-30dBr。因此，比如当天线阵元数为128，不同波束的动态范围可能相差21dBi，而在相邻信道上，可以看到，例如在第一邻频处(1.2GHz的频偏处)，仍会使得动态范围最大有21-17＝4dB的损失。由于现有高频通信中，作为接收机的响应设备的ADC一般采用6bit的ADC，也就是该响应设备的动态范围较小，因此无法满足响应设备的动态范围大于天线增益，即无法满足响应设备的动态范围大于不同发射扇区的信号的SNR的差异值，因而无法实现不同的发送射频通道连接不同的发射天线同时进行发射波束训练。优选地，该发起设备可以通过发射扇区，逐个发送N个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧，即不进行多波束的同时训练，将多个波束分别进行训练，而响应设备可以采用准全向的方式，采用多个射频通道同时接收发起设备发送的第一波束帧。
在本发明实施例中，发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，响应设备根据接收到的第一波束帧中包括的天线标识和扇区标识，确定发起设备的发射扇区的质量。
在本发明实施例中，响应设备可以确定发起设备的最优发射扇区向接收扇区发送的信号的SNR，以便于发起设备根据自身最优发射扇区的发送的信号的SNR，确定后续发送的帧结构的调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme，MCS)，例如，发起者可以根据SNR确定后续的用于反馈信息的BRP帧的发送MCS，或者还可以根据SNR，确定后续训练波束时发送的BRP包中的训练字段的格式，进一步降低后缀训练字段中信道估计字段(Channel  Estimation，CE)的开销，提高波束训练的效率。
可选地，响应设备还可以根据该N个第一波束帧确定响应设备的接收天线的接收扇区的质量。但考虑训练效率，可以在后续的BRP阶段进行响应设备的接收扇区的训练。
S120，该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧，确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取该发起设备的最优发射扇区。
应理解，该S120复用现有技术中SLS阶段中的RSS阶段，可以用于训练响应设备的发射扇区。
具体地，在确定M个第二波束帧之前，响应设备获取发起设备的接收射频通道数。对于SU-MIMO场景，发起设备可以具有多个接收射频通道数，响应设备根据获取的发起设备的接收射频通道数，确定M个第二波束帧的个数，即M的具体取值。
具体地，发起设备可以将自身的接收射频通道数以及接收天线数通知给响应设备，响应设备确定发起设备的接收天线数除以接收射频通道数的商，该商值可以称为第二商值，则响应设备将自身的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值，即为M个第二波束帧的个数M的取值。可选地，该响应设备确定M个第二波束帧的个数时，该响应设备的至少一个发射天线可以指该响应设备的全部发射天线，也可以指该响应设备的部分发射天线。可选地，当发起设备的接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该响应设备确定的M个第二波束帧的个数等于该响应设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
应理解，由于发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，可以用于响应设备确定自身的接收扇区的质量，即可以确定响应设备的接收天线的质量，例如，响应设备包括多个接收射频通道，则响应设备可以对应的确定多个优选接收天线。当不满足天线的互易性时，响应设备确定第二波束帧的个数， 响应设备将自身的多个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以发起设备接收天线数除以接收射频通道数的商。当满足天线的互易性时，发射射频通道数等于接收射频通道数。则响应设备在进行发射扇区训练时，根据天线的互易性，响应设备的优选接收天线即为优选发射天线，则响应设备只需训练多个优选发射天线中的发射扇区，即响应设备确定M个第二波束帧的个数时，M等于响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧可以复用IEEE 802.11ad中SSW帧的结构，或者采用更优的SSW帧结构，例如还可以为短波束扫描SSSW包，用于节省波束训练开销，本发明实施例并不限于此。
应理解，对于响应设备向发起设备发送的该M个第二波束帧，其中，第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识以及发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以使得发起设备可以根据接收到的第二波束帧中包括的标识信息确定对应的响应设备的发射扇区的质量。
可选地，响应设备可以向发起设备逐个发送该M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧。具体地，响应设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向发起设备逐个发送M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧，即响应设备每次通过一个发射扇区发送一个第二波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第二波束帧，该第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。
应理解，响应设备可以通过发射扇区，逐个发送M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧，而发起设备可以采用准全向的方式，采用多个射频通道同时接收响应设备发送的第二波束帧。
应理解，响应设备根据N个第一波束帧确定发起设备的发射扇区的质量，并可以将确定的质量结果通过该M个第二波束帧发送给发起设备。可选地，响应设备根据N个第一波束帧确定发起设备的多个发射扇区的质量，还可以通过M个第二波束帧向发起设备发送发起设备的多个优选发射扇区的标识以及每个优选发射扇区所在天线的标识。
但是由于响应设备到发起设备之间的波束并未对齐，数据速率很低，效率不高；另外，对于第二波束帧，一般在其中的SSW Feedback字段中携带发起设备的优选发射扇区的信息，但该SSW Feedback字段只有7个保留比特，并不够传输多个发射天线标识和多个发射扇区的标识，因此，优选的方 案为：响应设备可以根据N个第一波束帧确定发起设备的多个发射扇区中最优发射扇区，该M个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧均包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，以便于发起设备可以根据该第二波束帧确定自身的最优发射扇区。
在本发明实施例中，响应设备发送的该M个第二波束帧包括发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识，另外，还可以包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区的SNR。
S130，该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
应理解，该S130位于SLS阶段中的SSW Feedback阶段，用于发起设备向响应设备反馈响应设备的优选发射扇区。
应理解，发起设备发送该第一反馈信息之前，可以根据该第二波束帧携带的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的MCS，并根据该第一反馈信息的MCS，确定该第一反馈信息。
可以理解的当SNR高时，第一反馈信息位于可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。如果保持现有SSW Feedback帧的传输格式，即MCS0，一种优选的方式为发起设备通过第一反馈信息只反馈响应设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识。如果SSW Feedback阶段采用MCS0以上的传输格式，则第一反馈信息可以指示响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区。
S140，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
应理解，该S140可以位于SLS阶段中的SSW Ack阶段中，即在ISS和RSS训练完成后，用于响应设备向发起设备反馈发起设备的优选发射扇区，并且，S130和S140，还可以复用现有技术中的SSW Feedback和SSW Ack阶段，通过反馈信息中的BRP Request字段，互相协商是否存在MID和BC阶段。
另外，S130和S140也可以位于SLS阶段结束后，通过BRP帧来携带 发起设备或响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区。
在本发明实施例中，在响应设备向发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，响应设备可以根据接收的第一反馈信息中携带的响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的MCS，根据该第二反馈信息的MCS，确定该第二反馈信息。
具体地，响应设备根据第一反馈信息，确定响应设备的最优发射扇区以及最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，通过该最优发射扇区向发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区。
如果保持现有SSW Feedback帧的传输格式，即MCS0，一种优选的方式为发起设备通过第一反馈信息只反馈响应设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，同样的，响应设备通过第二反馈信息也只反馈发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识。
但是，当SNR高时，第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息也可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。因此，本发明实施例提出以下几种方式携带多个优选发射扇区和优选发射天线的标识，发起设备可以通过以下方式发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息中携带响应设备的多个发射扇区以及多个发射天线的标识；响应设备也可以通过以下方式发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息中携带发起设备的多个发射扇区以及多个发射天线的标识。下面以发起设备向响应设备反馈第一反馈信息为例进行说明，响应设备向发起设备反馈的第二反馈信息与第一反馈信息类似，在此不再赘述。
可选地，作为一个实施例，发起设备发送给响应者的第一反馈信息，也可以复用IEEE 802.11ad中SSW Feedback帧的格式，即发起设备通过多个SSW Feedback帧向响应设备反馈多个优选发射扇区，每个SSW Feedback帧之间采用帧间间隔，例如，如果改变发送天线发送该多个SSW Feedback帧，即通过多个天线反馈，则可以采用LBIFS间隔；如果不改变天线，即采用同一个天线反馈，则可以采用SBIFS间隔。
为了提高第一反馈信息和第二发信息的效率，一种优选的方式发起设备采用发起设备的最优发射天线的最优发射扇区第一反馈信息，响应设备采用响应设备的最优发射天线的最优发射扇区第二反馈信息。
虽然IEEE 802.11ad中的信道Channel Measurement Feedback已经支持了反馈多个扇区，但是由于这里的多个扇区是同一个天线的多个扇区标识，因此，不能区分是哪个天线的扇区。可选地，作为一个实施例，可以通过新的反馈格式，如Multiple SSW Feedback帧，携带发给同一个响应者的多个天线标识和扇区标识，或者携带发给同一个发起者的多个天线标识和扇区标识。具体地，该新的反馈格式可以有两种，一种是只反馈天线数目和每个天线中扇区的数目，那么每个天线标识内部，就不需要重复指示天线标识；另一种为指示一共反馈的扇区数目，那么每个扇区都需要携带天线标识和扇区标识。
具体地，对于只反馈天线数目和每个天线中扇区的数目的情况，则每个优选发射天线的优选发射扇区的个数相同，则对于每个优选发射天线，只需反馈一次发射天线的表示。例如，以下表1为例进行说明，假设要反馈3个优选发射天线，分别为天线1、天线3和天线4；每个天线均反馈4个优选发射扇区，则可以通过表1所示的帧结构反馈优选发射天线以及优选发射扇区。
表1
Figure PCTCN2016104256-appb-000001
具体地，如表1所示，可以通过前三个比特位B0-B2表示每个优选发射天线中包括的优选发射扇区的个数，即B0-B2指示每个优选发射天线中均包括8个优选发射扇区；B3至B4则用于指示优选发射天线，即表示后面8个优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线，例如天线1；B5至B10可以对应一个优选发射天线中一个优选发射扇区的标识，如B3至B4反馈优选发射天线1中的一个优选发射扇区；B11-B18用于反馈B5至B10中优选发射扇区的SNR；以此类推，则B19至B24继续对应发射天线1中其余的优选发射扇区，对应的B25至B32则用于反馈B19-B24中指示的发射扇区的SNR，直到表 示完天线1中4个优选发射扇区以及优选发射扇区的SNR，则继续表示优选发射天线3中的4个优选发射扇区以及优选发射扇区的SNR，表示方法与天线1相同。因此，通过该方式反馈发射天线以及发射扇区，对于每个优选发射天线，只需要指示一次该天线的标识。
可选地，对于反馈总扇区数目的情况，则每个扇区都需要携带天线标识和扇区标识。例如，以下表2为例进行说明，假设共反馈32个优选发射扇区，每个扇区需要16bit，则该32个优选发射扇区需要32*2+1＝65字节。
表2
Figure PCTCN2016104256-appb-000002
具体地，可以通过B0-B5表示需要反馈的发射扇区的总数，即B0-B5指示优选发射扇区个数32；B6-B11表示32个优选发射扇区中的一个优选发射扇区的标识，B12-B13表示B12-B13指示的优选发射扇区所在的天线的标识，B14-B21表示B12-B13指示的优选发射扇区的SNR，以此类推，B22-B27、B28-B29和B30-B37则分别对应另一个优选发射扇区，直到将32个优选发射扇区均标识完全。因此，通过该方式反馈发射天线以及发射扇区，对于每个优选发射扇区，都需要指示该扇区所在天线的标识，但是每个天线具有优选发射扇区的个数并不限定，可以相同，也可以不同。
应理解，响应设备可以根据N个第一波束帧确定发起设备的发射扇区的质量，但在该第一反馈信息中，只向发起设备反馈该发起设备的最优发射扇区，而将其它优选发射扇区的测量结果进行保存，以便于在后续BRP阶段通过上述方式向发起设备反馈发起设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区。同样地，发起设备可以根据M个第二波束帧确定的响应设备的发射扇区的质量，也可以通过第二反馈帧反馈该响应设备的部分优选发射扇区，例如该响应设备的最优发射扇区，而将响应设备的其他优选发射扇区的结果进行保存，以便于在后续BRP阶段通过上述方式向响应设备反馈响应设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发 起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
应理解，对于现有技术中SISO情况，SLS阶段可以进行发起设备和响应设备的发射波束和接收波束训练，其中发起设备的发射波束通过ISS过程中发射扇区扫描(Transmit Sector Sweep，TXSS)过程训练，而接收波束通过ISS过程中接收扇区扫描(Receive Sector Sweep，RXSS)过程训练。同理，响应设备的的发射波束通过RSS过程中TXSS过程训练，而接收波束通过RSS过程中RXSS过程训练。并且在SISO中，一种典型的方式就是在SLS阶段中，包括ISS的TXSS训练，和RSS的TXSS过程，而RXSS过程放在训练效率更高的BRP阶段进行，本发明实施例也以此为例，在SLS阶段的ISS进行TXSS训练，在RSS进行TXSS过程，而RXSS过程均放在训练效率更高的BRP阶段进行，其中BRP中MID可以实现响应设备和发起设备的接收波束训练,其中发起设备的接收波束训练称为I-MID阶段，而响应设备的接收波束训练称为R-MID。
但是，本发明实施例中，MIMO和SISO的情况不同，BRP阶段不再是可选项。对于MIMO，由于必须通过发射波束和接收波束组合的测量，进行模拟波束的选择，MID/BC阶段从SISO模式的可选模式，在MIMO场景中则变成了必选模式。
图5示出了根据本发明另一实施例的训练波束的方法200的示意性流程图。该方法200仍然应用于SU-MIMO场景中，即针对单个发起设备与单个响应设备之间的波束训练。具体地，该方法200可以对应于现有技术中SLS阶段和BRP阶段，如图5所示，该方法200具体包括：
S201，发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧用于该响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N。
S202，该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，该M个第 二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧，确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取该发起设备的最优发射扇区。
S203，该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
S204，该发起设备接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
应理解，该方法200中的S201至S204分别对应方法100中的S110-S140，在此不再赘述。
S205，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系(pairwire combination)，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数，其中第三波束帧携带发送天线标识。
应理解，在S201-S204中，发起设备与响应设备仅进行了发射扇区的训练，并未进行接收扇区的训练。而该S205位于BRP阶段的MID与BC阶段，用于确定发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
和SISO的情况不同，这里确定的组合对应关系，不仅是发起设备的一个发射天线和响应设备的接收天线间的组合。这里是发起设备的多个发射天线和响应设备的多个接收天线间的组合。
因此在发射BRP包时，和SISO的情况不同。SISO阶段，发起者和响 应者可以通过协商Nbeam(I，TX)，Nbeam(I，RX)，确定BC阶段包括发起者发送Nbeam(I，TX)个BRP-RX帧，每个BRP-RX会携带发射天线采用的扇区标识，并且每个BRP-RX后缀了Nbeam(I，RX)的TRN-R子字段。由于通过SLS阶段，最优发射天线已经唯一的确定，因此BRP包不需要携带发射天线标识。
而对于MIMO的情况，由于需要为每个天线选择最优的扇区，即确定模拟波束，因此，在MIMO阶段，每个BRP-RX包中除了通过TRN子字段的顺序携带发射扇区标识，还需要携带发射天线标识。另外反馈也和现有技术SISO技术不同，不能仅通过TRN子字段的顺序关系获得发射扇区标识，还需要通过BRP-RX包携带的发射天线标识获得对应该发射扇区对应的发射天线标识，并且反馈多个发射天线上的多个发射扇区的组合。
可选地，在该S205中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧可以用于响应设备直接确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，即S205对应MID-BC阶段联合的情况；可选地，该S205也可以分为MID和BC两个分开的阶段，该至少一个第三波束帧也可以只用来确定该响应设备的优选接收扇区，即对应MID阶段，发起设备再向该响应设备发送至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧用于响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，即对应BC阶段。
在本发明实施例中，对于MID-BC阶段联合的情况，即响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。具体地，发起设备通过自身的每个优选发射扇区，向响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧的个数可以等于该发起设备的优选发射天线的个数，即发起设备通过一个优选发射天线发送一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识。可选地，该第三波束帧可以为BRP帧，则该第三波束帧中可以不包括发送该第三波束帧的扇区的标识，通过BRP包中的TRN子字段的顺序关系携带扇区标识，而只包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识，发起设备通过自身的优选发射天线的优选发射扇区发送该第三波束帧。响应设备通过自身的接收扇区，接收发起设备发送的该第三波束帧，从而确定响 应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
可选地，该第三波束帧可以为BRP帧，包括发送该第三波束帧的多个天线的标识，发起设备通过自身的优选发射天线的优选发射扇区发送该第三波束帧。响应设备通过自身的接收扇区，接收发起设备发送的该第三波束帧，从而确定响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
例如，假设发起设备包括2个发射射频通道，4个发射天线，根据发射射频通道数确定2个天线为优选发射天线，可选地，可以根据响应设备反馈的第二反馈信息确定该2个优选发射天线，且假设每个天线有3个优选发射扇区，则该发起设备的发射扇区的组合个数Nbeam(I，TX)＝3*3＝9个；类似的，假设响应设备包括2个接收射频通道，5个接收天线，而该5个接收天线中优选接收天线未知，假设每个天线有4个优选接收扇区，则该响应设备的接收扇区的组合个数Nbeam(I，RX)＝20*16/2＝160。
可选地，为了减少接收扇区的组合的个数，响应设备也可以根据天线互易性选择优选接收天线。具体地，根据接收射频通道数，需要确定2个天线为优选接收天线，响应设备可以根据发起设备反馈的第一反馈信息确定响应设备的优选发射天线，再根据天线的互易性，确定2个优选发射天线为优选接收天线，则该响应设备需要训练的接收扇区的组合个数为Nbeam(I，RX)＝4*4＝16。
在进行波束训练时，以响应设备不考虑天线互易性为例，则发起设备的优选发射扇区共Nbeam(I，TX)＝9个，而响应设备的全部接收扇区的个数为Nbeam(I，RX)＝160个，则在上述MID-BC联合阶段共训练Nbeam(I，TX)*Nbeam(I，RX)＝9*160＝1440个发射波束和接收波束之间的组合，从而获得P种响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的组合对应关系，该P的取值小于等于1440，即在该1440种组合中选择P种组合对应关系。
应理解，在上述MID-BC阶段联合的情况，在确定该P种组合对应关系时，由于发起设备和响应设备都具有多个射频通道，可以采用发起设备或者响应设备逐个射频通道进行训练，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道每次只训练其中一个，对应的响应设备的接收射频通道也采用逐个接收的方式进行逐 个训练，或者响应设备采用多个接收射频通道同时训练；或者，在发起设备的多个发射射频通道采用同时训练时，响应设备的接收射频通道采用逐个接收的方式进行逐个训练。可选地，发起设备和响应设备还可以都采用同时训练的方式训练波束组合，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道同时发送用于训练的第三波束帧，而响应设备的多个接收射频通道也同时进行接收。
在本发明实施例中，对于MID和BC为两个分开的阶段的情况，即响应设备先根据第三波束帧确定优选接收扇区，再根据第四波束帧确定响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。具体地，对于MID阶段，发起设备可以采取准全向的发送方式，向响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，则响应设备通过自身的接收扇区接收该至少一个第三波束帧，从而根据该至少一个第三波束帧确定响应设备的优选接收扇区。对于BC阶段，发起设备通过自身的每个优选发射扇区向响应设备发送至少一个第四波束帧，响应设备通过自身的优选接收扇区接收该至少一个第四波束帧，以便于响应设备根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
而在MID阶段，发起设备可以采取准全向的发送方式向响应设备发送至少一个第三波束，以便于响应设备在MID阶段，根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定响应设备的优选接收天线以及每个优选接收天线的优选接收扇区，其中，该响应设备的多个接收射频通道数等于优选接收天线数，且这里假设每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区的个数均为Nbeam(I，RX)，并且，响应设备可以通过向发起设备发送的第三反馈信息，指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中优选接收扇区的个数为Nbeam(I，RX)，可选地，若响应设备的每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区个数不相等时，则该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括的优选扇区个数最大值Nbeam(I，RX)。由于MIMO的情况下，多个接收通道可以同时训练，因此，训练多个组合的时候，仅需要指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括的优选扇区个数最大值Nbeam(I，RX)，以最大值为准。
那么，在BC阶段，由于发起设备根据该第三反馈信息，确定每个优选发射天线均包括Nbeam(I，TX)个优选发射扇区，则发起设备可以确定每个发射射频通道发送Nbeam(I，TX)个BRP-RX帧，即至少一个第四波束 帧，且每个BRP-RX帧中会携带优选发射扇区标识以及该优选发射扇区所在天线的标识。根据响应设备的每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区的个数均为Nbeam(I，RX)，则每个BRP-RX帧中还包括Nbeam(I，RX)个TRN-R子字段，以便于响应设备的多个接收射频通道可以同时接收BRP-RX帧，从而训练多个波束组合使得响应设备获得响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
例如，在进行MID和BC阶段之前，假设发起设备包括2个发射射频通道，4个发射天线，根据发射射频通道数确定2个天线为优选发射天线，可选地，可以根据响应设备反馈的第二反馈信息确定该2个优选发射天线，且假设每个天线有3个优选发射扇区，则该发起设备的发射扇区的组合个数Nbeam(I，TX)＝3*3＝9个。而对于响应设备，假设响应设备包括2个接收射频通道，5个接收天线，则对于MID阶段，需要训练出该响应设备的优选接收天线。具体地，发起设备可以采取准全向的发送方式向响应设备发送至少一个第三波束，以便于响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定响应设备的优选接收天线以及每个优选接收天线的优选接收扇区，其中，该响应设备的接收射频通道数为2，则对应可以确定2个优选接收天线，且这里假设每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区的个数均为4，并且，响应设备可以通过向发起设备发送的第三反馈信息，指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中优选接收扇区的个数为4。可选地，若响应设备的每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区个数不相等时，例如响应设备的两个优选接收天线的优选接收扇区个数分别为2和4，则该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括的优选扇区个数最大值4。
因此，该发起设备发射扇区的组合个数Nbeam(I，TX)＝3*3＝9个，响应设备接收扇区的组合个数为Nbeam(I，RX)＝4*4＝16，则对于BC阶段，训练Nbeam(I，TX)*Nbeam(I，RX)＝9*16＝144个发射波束和接收波束之间的组合，从而获得P种响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的组合对应关系，该P的取值小于等于144，即在该144种组合中选择P种组合对应关系。
应理解，在上述BC的训练阶段中，在确定该P种组合对应关系时，由于发起设备和响应设备都可以具有多个射频通道，可以采用发起设备或者响应设备逐个射频通道进行训练，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道每次只训练 其中一个，对应的响应设备的接收射频通道也采用逐个接收的方式进行逐个训练，或者响应设备采用多个接收射频通道同时训练；或者，在发起设备的多个发射射频通道采用同时训练时，响应设备的接收射频通道采用逐个接收的方式进行逐个训练。可选地，发起设备和响应设备还可以都采用同时训练的方式训练波束组合，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道同时发送用于训练的第三波束帧，而响应设备的多个接收射频通道也同时进行接收。
应理解，对于响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系，包括：发起设备包括多个优选发射天线，且该优先发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道数，每个优选发射天线还包括至少一个优选发射扇区，即该发起设备可以包括多个优选发射扇区；同样的，响应设备包括多个优选接收天线，且该优先接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道数，每个优选接收天线还包括至少一个优选接收扇区，即该响应设备可以包括多个优选接收扇区，将发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区进行一一对应，则可以获得发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间一种组合对应关系。由于发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和响应设备的多个优选接收扇区可以有多种，且二者之间的对应关系也可以有多种，因此，发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间可以具有P种组合对应关系，P为正整数。
S206，该发起设备接收该响应设备发送的第一指示信息；该发起设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，响应设备可以确定出发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，并向发起设备发送第一指示信息，通过该第一指示信息指示发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P个优选发射扇区组合对应于P种组合对应关系。具体地，对于P种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系均包括了发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和响应设备的多个优选接收扇区，则P种组合对应关系对应包括了发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，响应设备通过第一指示信息指示发起设备 的该P个优选发射扇区组合。具体的，P个优选发射扇区组合反馈包括多个发射天线的最优扇区标识的组合，以及发射天线扇区组合对应的天线标识。
应理解，上述S205和S206进行波束对训练的过程，发起设备和响应设备的射频通道都可以采用同时训练的方式，训练获得上述P种组合对应关系。或者，发起设备也可以通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练，对应的，响应设备也可以分别测量得到每个射频通道对应的信道质量，并且根据预定的准则，如SINR准则或信道容量最大准则，确定在MIMO时的信道矩阵，该信道矩阵的维度为接收射频通道数乘以发射射频通道数。由于响应设备可以确定发起设备和响应设备之间的P种组合对应关系，因此对应可以获得P个信道矩阵。响应设备通过第一指示信息向发起设备反馈发起设备的P个优选发射扇区的组合，同时也可以通过该第一指示信息，向发起设备反馈信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)，即反馈MIMO情况下的信道矩阵。
可选地，对于上述发起设备通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练的情况，对应的，响应设备也分别测量得到每个射频通道对应的信道质量，即上述的CSI为响应设备根据发起设备通过每个发射射频通道和响应设备的每个接收射频通道分别确定的，与实际MIMO的应用情况不符，因此，需要继续进行S207，继续对确定的发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，从而获得MIMO情况下的CSI以及P种组合对应关系中的最优组合对应关系。而对于发起设备和响应设备在S205和S206中已经采用多个射频通道同时训练的情况，可以不继续执行S207，而确定出发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间最优组合对应关系以及MIMO情况下的CSI。
另外，对于MIMO的场景，引入了多信道发射，即MIMO的信道带宽大于SISO场景的信道带宽。在上述步骤通过BRP帧进行P种组合对应关系的波束训练过程中，可以在单个信道上进行。训练字段如果在单个信道上发送可以节省波束训练的开销。例如，在MID和BC分开训练的情况中，由于MID中发起设备采用了准全向发射，频率选择性不是主要因素，而集中在一个信道发射，可以提高波束训练的功率谱密度，提高波束训练的SNR，并且可以节省其他信道的上波束训练资源。
例如，图6示出了根据本发明实施例的BRP包的示意图，如图6所示， 其中，短训练字段(short training field，STF)用于获得分组同步和接收增益控制；CE字段用于估计信道；Header部分用于描述数据的传输方式，Header部分可以包括传统头(legacy-Header)，即IEEE 802.11ad的包头，也可以称为DMG header，Header部分还包括新增加的IEEE 802.11ay的包头，也可以称为EDMG(Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit，增强的方向多吉比特)header(EDMG头)。另外，该BRP包还包括为宽带传输增加的EDMG STF和EDMG CE两个部分，以及数据部分，数据部分用于携带BRP阶段训练的参数，一级反馈结果等。后缀的TRN子字段，用于波束训练。而SC Training field(SC训练字段)表示单信道(Single Channel)训练字段，用于进行波束训练。
因此，如图6所示，BRP包在S205和S206的波束训练过程，采用单信道的训练方式，即训练字段占用部分信道，训练字段占用的信道带宽小于数据信道。但是在确定数字预编码矩阵时，在数字域，特别是正交频分复(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)技术调制的系统中，每个子载波都可以设置不同的数字预编码，因此根据实际应用情况，需要在多信道的带宽上进行训练，即在波束训练时，训练字段占用的信道带宽与数据字段相等。因此，在S205和S206的波束训练过程，BRP采用单信道的训练方式进行训练后，需要继续执行S207，通过占用多信道的训练字段进行训练，并获得对应的信道矩阵和信道状态信息。
S207，发起设备与响应设备进行波束对训练，确定发起设备的优选发射扇区与响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系中的最优组合对应关系。
具体地，首先，该发起设备可以根据响应设备发送的第一指示信息，确定P种组合对应关系中发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合(Tx1,Tx2,……,TxP)。例如，发起设备可以包括多个发射射频通道，则发起设备确定的P个优选发射扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Txi中包括的优选发射扇区个数等于发射射频通道的个数，i＝1,2,3,……,P。
其次，该发起设备向该响应设备发送第一请求信息，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备进行波束训练，则响应设备可以根据该第一请求信息确定P种组合对应关系中该响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合(Rx1，Rx2，..,RxP)，例如，响应设备可以包括多个接收射频通道，则响应设备确定的P个优选接 收扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi中包括的优选接收扇区个数等于接收射频通道的个数，i＝1,2,3,……,P。即每个优选接收天线对应的优选接收扇区的组合。
应理解，该P种组合关系中的任意一种组合对应关系包括：响应设备的该P个优选接收扇区组合中一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi，以及对应的该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中优选发射扇区组合Txi之间的组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，当发起设备和响应设备分别确定了优选扇区组合后，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个发射射频通道，同时向该响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，其中，该至少一个第五波束帧中可以如图7所示，即每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，且该每个第五波束帧的数据域部分可以包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识Txi，或者也可以包括对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合的标识Rxi，以便于该响应设备根据该至少一个第五波束帧中的标识，在该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区构成的P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系指该发起设备的发射扇区组合Txi和对应的该响应设备的接收扇区组合Rxi之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
应理解，在S207中，发起设备采用多个发射射频通道同时训练的方式，即多天线同时训练的方式，发起设备可以采用码分方式通过对应的多个扇区发射训练包。其中，码分发送多天线的训练字段，可以采用不同的天线采用不同正交训练字段同时发送；也可以采用不同的天线采用不同的正交掩码，相同的训练字段同时发送；还可以采用正交掩码和正交序列结合的方式，实现多个发射天线同时发送。另外，由于此时的收发天线采用的都是较好的发射波束，因此，不会再出现超过接收机动态范围的情况。
可选地，该响应设备根据该至少一个第五波束帧，确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息后，可以向发起设备反馈该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息。
在本发明实施例中，类似上述进行发起设备的发射扇区和响应设备的接 收扇区，以及二者之间的组合对应关系的训练过程，还可以进行发起设备的接收扇区和响应设备的发射扇区、以及二者之间的组合对应关系的训练过程，即执行S208至S210。
S208，响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该发起设备根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系。
应理解，在S201-S204中，发起设备与响应设备仅进行了发射扇区的训练，并未进行接收扇区的训练。而该S208可以复用现有技术中BRP阶段的MID与BC阶段，用于确定发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，在前面步骤中，发起设备可以向响应设备反馈了响应设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区，同样地，响应设备也向发起设备反馈了发起设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区。
因此，在该S208中，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧可以用于发起设备直接确定该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区与该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，即S208可以对应于MID-BC阶段联合的情况；可选地，该S208也可以分为MID和BC两个分开的阶段，该至少一个第六波束帧也可以只用来确定该发起设备的优选接收扇区，即对应MID阶段，该响应设备再向发起设备发送至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧用于发起设备确定该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区与该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，即对应BC阶段。
应理解，该步骤S208与S205对应，即都是确定优选接收扇区和优选发射扇区之间的组合对应关系。具体地，S208中关于响应设备的优选发射扇区的训练可以与S205中发起设备的优选发射扇区的训练相对应；S208中关于发起设备的优选接收扇区的训练与S205中响应设备的优选接收扇区的训练相对应，在此不再赘述。
S209，该发起设备向该响应设备发送第二指示信息，响应设备根据该第二指示信息，确定该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区 组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
具体地，对于Q种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系均包括了响应设备的多个优选发射扇区和发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间一一对应的关系，则Q种组合对应关系对应包括了响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合以及发起设备的Q个优选接收区组合，发起设备通过第二指示信息指示响应设备的该Q个优选发射扇区组合。
应理解，类似S205和S206，上述S208和S209进行波束对训练的过程，发起设备和响应设备的射频通道也都可以采用同时训练的方式，训练获得上述Q种组合对应关系。或者，响应设备也可以通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练，对应的，发起设备也可以分别测量得到每个射频通道对应的信道质量，并且根据预定的准则，确定在MIMO时的信道矩阵，该信道矩阵的维度为接收射频通道数乘以发射射频通道数。由于发起设备可以确定发起设备和响应设备之间的Q种组合对应关系，因此对应可以获得Q个信道矩阵。发起设备通过第二指示信息向响应设备反馈响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区的组合，同时也可以通过该第二指示信息，向响应设备反馈CSI，即反馈MIMO情况下的信道矩阵。
可选地，对于上述响应设备通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练的情况，对应的，发起设备也分别测量得到每个射频通道对应的信道质量，即上述的CSI为发起设备根据响应设备通过每个发射射频通道和发起设备的每个接收射频通道分别确定的，与实际MIMO的应用情况不符，因此，需要继续进行S210，继续对确定的响应设备的多个优选发射扇区与发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，从而获得MIMO情况下的CSI以及Q种组合对应关系中的最优的组合对应关系。
而对于发起设备和响应设备在S208和S209中已经采用多个射频通道同时训练的情况，可以不继续执行S210，而直接确定出响应设备的多个优选发射扇区与发起设备的多个优选接收扇区之间最优组合对应关系以及MIMO情况下的CSI。
另外，通过第六波束帧和第七波束帧进行响应设备的优选发射扇区的训练和发起设备的优选接收扇区的训练的过程中，该第六波束帧和第七波束帧 可以为BRP帧。考虑到节省资源开销，在BRP包的数据后后缀训练字段来进行训练时，可以令训练字段在单个信道上发送，即训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽。但在实际应用中，需要在多信道的带宽上进行训练，即在波束训练时，训练字段占用的信道带宽与数据域相等。因此，在S208和S209的波束训练过程，BRP帧采用单信道的训练方式进行训练后，需要继续执行S210，通过占用多信道的训练字段进行训练，并获得对应的信道矩阵和信道状态信息。
S210，发起设备与响应设备针对确定的Q种组合对应关系进行波束对训练，确定响应设备的优选发射扇区与发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系中的最优的组合对应关系。
具体地，发起设备可以确定Q种组合对应关系中该发起设备的Q个优选接收扇区组合(Rx1，Rx2，..,RxP)，例如，发起设备可以包括多个接收射频通道，则发起设备确定的Q个优选接收扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi中包括的优选接收扇区个数等于接收射频通道的个数，即每个J接收射频通道对应一个接收天线的接收扇区，i＝1,2,3,……,P。
该发起设备可以向该响应设备发送第二请求信息，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备进行波束训练，则响应该设备可以根据发起设备发送的第二指示信息，确定Q种组合对应关系中响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合(Tx1,Tx2,……,TxP)。例如，响应设备可以包括多个发射射频通道，则响应设备确定的Q个优选发射扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Txi中包括的优选发射扇区个数等于发射射频通道的个数，即每个发射射频通道对应一个发射天线的发射扇区，i＝1,2,3,……,P。
应理解，该Q种组合关系中的任意一种组合对应关系包括：响应设备的该Q个优选接收扇区组合中一个优选发射扇区组合Txi，以及对应的该发起设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中优选接收扇区组合Rxi之间的组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，当发起设备和响应设备分别确定了优选扇区组合后，该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个发射射频通道，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第八波束帧，其中，该至少一个第八波束帧可以如图7所示，即每个第八波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，且该每个第八波束帧的数据域部分可以包括发送该每个第八波 束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识Txi，或者也可以包括对应的该发起设备的优选接收扇区的组合Rxi的标识，以便于该发起设备根据该至少一个第八波束帧，在该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区和该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区构成的Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系指该响应设备的发射扇区组合Txi和对应的该发起设备的接收扇区组合Rxi之间的对应关系，该至少一个第八波束帧可以为BRP帧。
可选地，该发起设备根据该至少一个第八波束帧，确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息后，可以向响应设备反馈该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息。
应理解，该S210与S207相对应，即S210中响应设备的发射扇区与S20中的发起设备的发射扇区相对应，S210中发起设备的接收扇区与S20中的响应设备的接收扇区相对应，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。另外，同样也可以训练获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系。
图8示出了根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法300的示意性流程图，该方法300应用于MU-MIMO场景中，即针对单个发起设备与多个响应设备之间的波束训练。具体地，该方法可以应用于如图1所示的场景中，例如，该发起设备可以为图1中的AP，响应设备可以为STA，该方法300可以对应于现有技术中SLS阶段，如图8所示，图8以一个发起设备和两个响应设备为例进行说明，该方法300具体包括：
S310，发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波 束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧用于该K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T。
具体地，以图8为例，即发起设备向第一响应设备和第二响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧用于第一响应设备和第二响应设备分别确定发起设备的的扇区质量。
在本发明实施例中，该S310复用现有技术中SLS阶段中的ISS阶段，用于多个响应设备中的每个响应设备各自训练发起设备的发射扇区。该方法300中的发起设备可以指首先发起波束训练的设备，具体地，该发起设备可以为图1中的AP/PCP；对应的响应设备指响应发起设备的对端，例如，当发起设备为如图1所示的AP/PCP时，响应设备可以为如图1所示的STA。
应理解，方法300应用于MU-MIMO场景中，即一个发起设备和多个响应设备之间的交互。具体的，对于MIMO的场景，响应设备的数目可以为一个或多个，响应设备的具体数目可以由发起设备确定，发起设备可以通过多个比特位表示响应设备的个数，例如，发起设备可以通过3bit表示最多8个响应设备参与波束训练。对于方法300的MU-MIMO场景，则发起设备指示至少两个响应设备参与波束训练，例如，图8以2个响应设备为例进行说明，对于MU-MIMO场景中超过两个的响应设备，其它响应设备都可以以图8中第一响应设备和第二响应设备中任意一个为例。
应理解，在发起设备向响应设备发送T个第一波束帧之前，该发起设备获取每个响应设备的接收射频通道数。对于MU-MIMO场景，每个响应设备可以具有一个或多个接收射频通道数以及一个或多个接收天线，多个响应设备的多个接收射频通道可以同时进行接收，提高波束训练的效率。发起设备根据获取的K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线个数，确定出K个响应设备中接收天线数与接收射频通道数的比值的最大值，并根据该比值的最大值确定T个第一波束帧的个数，即T的具体取值。
具体的，每个响应设备可以通过接收射频通道数量的字段指示接收射频通道数量。例如，通过2bit直接指示该响应设备的接收射频通道数；或者，通过1bit指示该响应设备的接收射频通道数为1或者接收射频通道数等于接 收天线数目。可选地，发起设备获取响应设备的接收射频通道数，可以在初始阶段中通过接入时STA能力信息字段(STA Capability Information field)中保留比特携带接收射频通道数信息；也可以在波束控制字段(BF control)的保留比特中携带，本发明实施例并不限于此。
在本发明实施例中，现有技术中发起设备可以获得自身的发射扇区总数、响应设备的接收天线个数。对于支持MIMO的发起者和响应者之间的波束训练过程，发起设备获取K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数，并确定出K个响应设备中接收天线数与接收射频通道数的比值的最大值，则发起设备根据该比值最大值和自身的发射扇区总数，确定T个第一波束帧的个数，即T的取值。具体地，发起设备根据自身的发射天线的个数和每个发射天线包括的发射扇区的个数，确定自身发射扇区的总数，再根据获取得到K响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数，确定K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收天线数除以响应设备的接收射频通道数的商，从从中确定该商值的最大值，即确定K个响应设备中商值最大值＝max(第i个响应设备的接收天线的个数/第i个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数，i＝1,2,……,K)，则T个第一波束帧的个数等于发起设备的发射扇区总数乘以该商值最大值。可选地，当每个响应设备都满足接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该发起设备确定的第一波束帧的个数等于该发起设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
例如，如图8所示的发起设备一共有3个发送天线，分别为天线0、1和2，其中天线0有4个扇区，而天线1有3个扇区，而天线2有5个扇区；而第一响应设备有2个接收天线，且有2个接收射频通道，第二响应设备有4个接收天线和2个射频通道，那么发起设备确定的第一波束帧的个数T＝(4+3+5)*(4/2)＝24。
可选地，该T个第一波束帧可以复用IEEE 802.11ad中SSW帧的结构，或者还可以为beacon帧，或者采用更优的SSW帧结构，例如SSSW包，用于节省波束训练开销，本发明实施例并不限于此。而对于发起设备确定的T个第一波束帧的个数，也可以称为该发起设备的总扇区数，可以通过SSW帧或beacon帧中的SSW feedback字段中的总扇区(Total sectors)子字段的值表示。
应理解，对于发起设备向K个响应设备发送的该T个第一波束帧，第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识以及发送该第 一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以使得每个响应设备可以根据接收到的第一波束帧中包括的标识信息确定对应的发起设备的发射扇区的质量。
具体地，发起设备可以向K个响应设备逐个发送该T个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧。具体地，发起设备通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向响应设备逐个发送T个第一波束帧中的每个第一波束帧，即发起设备每次只通过一个发射扇区发送一个第一波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧包括发送该第一波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。而对于响应设备，每个响应设备都可以采用准全向的方式，同时接收发起设备发送的第一波束帧。
在本发明实施例中，发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，每个响应设备根据接收到的第一波束帧中包括的天线标识和扇区标识，确定发起设备的发射扇区的质量。
在本发明实施例中，每个响应设备还可以确定发起设备的最优发射扇区向接收扇区发送的信号的SNR，以便于发起设备根据自身最优发射扇区的发送的信号的SNR，确定后续发送的帧结构的MCS，例如，发起者可以根据SNR确定后续的用于反馈信息的BRP帧的发送MCS，或者还可以根据SNR，确定后续训练波束时发送的BRP包中的训练字段的格式，进一步降低后缀训练字段中CE的开销，提高波束训练的效率。
可选地，每个响应设备还可以根据该T个第一波束帧确定自身的接收天线的接收扇区的质量。但考虑训练效率，可以在后续的BRP阶段再进行响应设备的接收扇区的训练。
S320，该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区。
例如，以图8为例，第一响应设备向发起设备发送U1个第二波束帧，用于发起设备确定该第一响应设备的发射扇区的质量，其中，每个第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的该第一响应设备的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识；同样地，第二响应设备向发起设备发送U2个第二波束帧，用于发起设备确定该第二响应设备的发射扇区的质量，其中，每个第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的该第二响应设备的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识。
应理解，该S320复用现有技术中SLS阶段中的RSS阶段，可以用于训练K个响应设备中每个响应设备的发射扇区。这里由于有K个响应设备，响应设备可以根据预定的规则确定训练资源的先后。例如可以根据响应设备的MAC(Meduim Access Control，媒体接入控制)地址的大小确定训练的顺序，也可以由发起设备指定K个响应设备训练资源的先后关系。
具体地，在第k个响应设备发送Uk个第二波束帧之前，该第k个响应设备可以获取发起设备的接收射频通道数，该发起设备可以具有多个接收射频通道数，则该第k个响应设备根据获取的发起设备的接收射频通道数，确定Uk个第二波束帧的个数，即Uk的具体取值。
具体地，发起设备可以将自身的接收射频通道数以及接收天线数通知给每个响应设备，每个响应设备确定发起设备的接收天线数除以接收射频通道数的商，该商值可以称为第二商值，则每个响应设备将自身的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值，即为第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧中Uk的取值。可选地，该第k个响应设备确定Uk个第二波束帧的个数时，该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线可以指该响应设备的全部发射天线，也可以指该第k个响应设备的部分发射天线。可选地，当发起设备的接收天线数等于接收射频通道数时，则该第k个响应设备确定的Uk个第二波束帧的个数等于该第k个响应设备的自身发射扇区的总数。
应理解，由于发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，可以用于每个响应设备确定自身的接收扇区的质量，例如，对于K个响应设备中任意一个响应设备的第一响应设备，该第一响应设备包括一个或多个接收射频通道，则第一响应设备可以对应的确定一个或多个优选接收天线，该优选发射天线的个数等于接收射频通道数。则第一响应设备在进行发射扇区训练时，根据天线的互易性，第一响应设备的优选接收天线即为优选发射天线，则第一响应设备只需训练该优选接收天线中的接收扇区，即第一响应设备确定U1个 第二波束帧时，U1等于该第一响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以第二商值。
可选地，当不满足天线的互易性时，第k个响应设备发送的第二波束帧的个数Uk等于响应设备将自身的多个发射天线的发射扇区的总数乘以发起设备接收天线数除以接收射频通道数的商。
可选地，该Uk个第二波束帧可以复用IEEE 802.11ad中SSW帧的结构，或者采用更优的SSW帧结构，例如还可以为短波束扫描SSSW包，用于节省波束训练开销，本发明实施例并不限于此。
应理解，对于第k个响应设备向发起设备发送的该Uk个第二波束帧，其中，第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的第k个响应设备的发射天线的标识以及发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识，以使得发起设备可以根据接收到的第二波束帧中包括的标识信息确定对应的第k个响应设备的发射扇区的质量。
可选地，K个响应设备可以逐个向发起设备逐个发送第二波束帧。具体地，K个响应设备逐个发送第二波束帧，且对于第k个响应设备，可以通过自身的多个发射扇区中的每个发射扇区，向发起设备逐个发送Uk个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧，即每个响应设备每次通过一个发射扇区发送一个第二波束帧，而不同时通过多个发射扇区发送多个第二波束帧，该第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的发射扇区的标识以及该发射扇区所在天线的标识。但是，对应的发起设备可以采用准全向的方式，采用多个射频通道同时接收第二波束帧。
应理解，第k个响应设备根据T个第一波束帧确定发起设备的发射扇区的质量，并可以将确定的质量结果通过该Uk个第二波束帧发送给发起设备。可选地，响应设备根据T个第一波束帧确定发起设备的多个发射扇区的质量，则该第k个响应设备通过发送的Uk个第二波束帧向发起设备发送与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区的标识以及每个优选发射扇区所在天线的标识。
但是由于响应设备到发起设备之间的波束并未对齐，数据速率很低，效率不高；另外，对于第二波束帧，一般可以在SSW Feedback字段中携带发起设备的优选发射扇区的信息，但该SSW Feedback字段只有7个保留比特，并不够传输多个发射天线标识和多个发射扇区的标识，因此，优选的方案为： 第k个响应设备可以根据T个第一波束帧确定发起设备的多个发射扇区中最优发射扇区，该Uk个第二波束帧中的每个第二波束帧均包括该第k个响应设备确定的与自身对应的发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，以便于发起设备可以根据K个响应设备中每个响应设备发送的第二波束帧，分别确定与K个响应设备中每个响应设备对应的该发起设备的最优发射扇区。
在本发明实施例中，第k个响应设备发送的该Uk个第二波束帧包括该第k个响应设备确定的发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识，另外，还可以包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区的SNR。
S330，该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
这里由于有K个响应设备，发起设备可以根据预定的规则确定反馈资源的先后。原则可以和步骤S320中保持一致。
例如，以图8为例，发起设备通过第一响应设备确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向第一响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该第一响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。同样地，发起设备通过第二响应设备确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向第二响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该第二响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
应理解，该S330位于SLS阶段中的SSW Feedback阶段，用于发起设备向K个响应设备分别反馈对应的响应设备的优选发射扇区。
应理解，发起设备发送该第一反馈信息之前，可以根据每个第二波束帧携带的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定对应的第一反馈信息的MCS，并根据该第一反馈信息的MCS，确定该第一反馈信息。
可以理解的当SNR高时，第一反馈信息位于可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。如果保持现有SSW Feedback帧的传输格式，即MCS0，一种优选的方式为发起设备通过第一反馈信息只反馈一个响应设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识。如果SSW Feedback阶段采用MCS0以上的传输格式，则第一反馈信息可以指示一个响 应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区。
应理解，当第一反馈信息反馈一个响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区时，与S130中发起设备反馈响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的方式相同，也与S140中响应设备向发起设备反馈发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的方式相同，在此不再赘述。
S340，该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。这里由于有K个响应设备，多个响应设备可以根据预定的规则确定反馈资源的先后。原则可以和步骤S320中保持一致。
例如，以图8为例，该发起设备接收第一响应设备通过第一响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第一响应设备确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，同样地，第二响应设备通过该第二响应设备的最优发射扇区向发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第二响应设备确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
应理解，该S340可以位于SLS阶段中的SSW Ack阶段中，即在ISS和RSS训练完成后，用于K个响应设备中每个向发起设备反馈该每个响应设备确定的发起设备的优选发射扇区，并且，S330和S340，还可以复用现有技术中的SSW Feedback和SSW Ack阶段，通过反馈信息中的BRP Request字段，互相协商是否存在MID和BC阶段。也可以有独立的MU-MIMO的MID和BC阶段参数的协商过程。
另外，S330和S340也可以位于SLS阶段结束后，通过BRP帧来携带发起设备或响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区。
在本发明实施例中，在每个响应设备向发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，每个响应设备可以根据各自接收的第一反馈信息中携带的响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的MCS，根据该第二反馈信息的MCS，确定该第二反馈信息。
具体地，如果保持现有SSW Feedback帧的传输格式，即MCS0，一种优选的方式为发起设备通过第一反馈信息只反馈响每个应设备的最优发射 扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，同样的，每个响应设备通过第二反馈信息也只反馈发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识以及该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识。
但是，当SNR高时，第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息也可以采用较高MCS进行传输，也更适合携带更多的信息。因此，该S340中发起设备反馈第一反馈信息指示每个响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的方式，与S130中发起设备反馈响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的方式相同，也与S140中响应设备向发起设备反馈发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区的方式相同，在此不再赘述。
应理解，第k个响应设备为K个响应设备中的任意一个响应设备，该第k个响应设备可以根据第一波束帧确定该第k个响应设备对应的发起设备的发射扇区的质量，但在该第一反馈信息中，可以只向发起设备反馈该发起设备的最优发射扇区，而将其它优选发射扇区的测量结果进行保存，以便于在后续BRP阶段通过其它方式向发起设备反馈发起设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区。同样地，发起设备可以根据第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的发射扇区的质量，也通过第二反馈帧反馈该响应设备的最优发射扇区，而将第k个响应设备的其他优选发射扇区的结果进行保存，以便于在后续BRP阶段通过其它方式向该第k个响应设备反馈该第k个响应设备的多个优选发射天线以及多个优选发射扇区。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对MU-MIMO的应用场景，发起设备向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线；多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
图9示出了根据本发明另一实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法400的示意性流程图。该方法400应用于MU-MIMO场景中，即针对单个发起设备与多个响应设备之间的波束训练，例如，图9以一个发起设备和两个响应设备为例进行说明。具体地，该方法400可以对应于现有技术中SLS阶段和BRP阶段，如图9所示，该方法400具体包括：
S401，发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波 束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧用于该K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T。
具体地，以图8为例，即发起设备向第一响应设备和第二响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该第一波束帧用于第一响应设备和第二响应设备分别确定发起设备的的扇区质量。
S402，该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区。
例如，以图8为例，第一响应设备向发起设备发送U1个第二波束帧，用于发起设备确定该第一响应设备的发射扇区的质量，其中，每个第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的该第一响应设备的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识；同样地，第二响应设备向发起设备发送U2个第二波束帧，用于发起设备确定该第二响应设备的发射扇区的质量，其中，每个第二波束帧包括发送该第二波束帧的该第二响应设备的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识。
S403，该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
例如，以图8为例，发起设备通过第一响应设备确定的该发起设备的最 优发射扇区，向第一响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该第一响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。同样地，发起设备通过第二响应设备确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向第二响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该第二响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
S404，该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该K个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
例如，以图8为例，该发起设备接收第一响应设备通过第一响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第一响应设备确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，同样地，第二响应设备通过该第二响应设备的最优发射扇区向发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第二响应设备确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区。
应理解，该方法400中的S401至S404分别对应方法300中的S310-S340，在此不再赘述。
S405，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
应理解，在S401-S404中，发起设备与响应设备仅进行了发射扇区的训练，并未进行接收扇区的训练。而该S405位于BRP阶段的MID与BC阶段，用于确定每个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系。
和SISO的情况不同，这里确定的组合对应关系，是发起设备的多个发射天线和多个响应设备的接收天线间的组合。
因此在发射BRP包时，和SISO的情况不同。SISO阶段，发起者和响应者可以通过协商Nbeam(I，TX)，Nbeam(I，RX)，确定BC阶段包括发 起者发送Nbeam(I，TX)个BRP-RX帧，每个BRP-RX会携带发射天线采用的扇区标识，并且每个BRP-RX后缀了Nbeam(I，RX)的TRN-R子字段。由于这个时候发射天线已经确定下来了，因此不需要携带发射天线标识。
而对于MIMO的情况,由于需要为每个天线选择最优的扇区，即确定模拟波束，因此，在MIMO阶段，每个BRP-RX包中除了通过BRP包中的TRN子字段的顺序关系携带发射扇区标识，还需要携带发射天线标识。
可选地，在该S405中，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向K响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧可以用于每个响应设备直接确定自身的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，即S405可以对应MID-BC阶段联合的情况；可选地，该S405也可以分为MID和BC两个分开的阶段，该至少一个第三波束帧也可以只用来确定每个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区，即对应MID阶段，发起设备再向该响应设备发送至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧用于每个响应设备确定自身的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，即对应BC阶段。
在本发明实施例中，对于MID-BC阶段联合的情况，即K个响应设备中的每个响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束帧直接确定自身的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选接收扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系。具体地，发起设备通过自身的每个优选发射扇区，向K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧的个数可以等于该发起设备的优选发射天线的个数，即发起设备通过一个优选发射扇区发送一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识。可选地，该第三波束帧可以为BRP帧。
可选地，该第三波束帧可以为BRP帧，则该第三波束帧中可以不包括发送该第三波束帧的扇区的标识，而只包括发送该第三波束帧的天线的标识，发起设备通过自身的优选发射天线的优选发射扇区发送该第三波束帧。K个响应设备中的每个响应设备通过自身的接收扇区，接收发起设备发送的该第三波束帧，从而确定每个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，例如，第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第三波束可以确定该第k个 响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该第k个响应设备可以指K个响应设备中的任意一个响应设备。
在本发明实施例中，对于MID和BC为两个分开的阶段的情况，即每个响应设备先根据第三波束帧确定自身的至少一个优选接收扇区，再根据第四波束帧确定自身的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系。具体地，对于MID阶段，发起设备可以采取准全向的发送方式，向K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，则K个响应设备中的第k个响应设备通过自身的接收扇区接收该至少一个第三波束帧，从而根据该至少一个第三波束帧确定第k个响应设备的优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备分别取K个响应设备中的每个响应设备。对于BC阶段，发起设备通过自身的每个优选发射扇区向响应设备发送至少一个第四波束帧，第k个响应设备通过自身的优选接收扇区接收该至少一个第四波束帧，以便于第k个响应设备根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系。
具体地，在MID阶段，发起设备可以采取准全向的发送方式向K响应设备发送至少一个第三波束，以便于每个响应设备在MID阶段，根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定自身的优选接收天线以及每个优选接收天线的优选接收扇区，其中，每个响应设备的接收射频通道数等于优选接收天线数，且这里假设每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区的个数均为Nbeam(I，RX)，并且，每个响应设备可以通过向发起设备发送的第三反馈信息，指示该自身的多个优选接收天线中优选接收扇区的个数为Nbeam(I，RX)，可选地，若对于任意一个响应设备，该响应设备的每个优选接收天线包括的优选接收扇区个数不相等时，则该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括的优选扇区个数最大值Nbeam(I，RX)。由于MIMO的情况下，多个响应设备的接收通道可以同时训练，因此，发起设备发送波束帧训练多种组合对应关系时，仅需要指示该K个响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括的优选扇区个数最大值Nbeam(I，RX)，以最大值为准。
那么，在BC阶段，由于发起设备根据该第三反馈信息，确定出K个响应设备中优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的最大值Nbeam(I，RX)，例 如，假设每个响应设备的每个优选发射天线均包括Nbeam(I，RX)个优选发射扇区，而发起设备的每个发射射频通道波束个数为Nbeam(I，TX)，则发起设备可以确定每个发射射频通道发送Nbeam(I，TX)个BRP-RX帧，即至少一个第四波束帧，且每个BRP-RX帧中会携带优选发射扇区标识以及该优选发射扇区所在天线的标识；每个BRP-RX帧中还包括Nbeam(I，RX)个TRN-R子字段，以便于K响应设备的多个接收射频通道可以同时接收BRP-RX帧，从而训练多个波束组合使得第k个响应设备获得该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系。
应理解，对于MID-BC阶段联合的情况，或者对于MID和BC阶段分开的情况中BC的阶段，在确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系时，由于发起设备可以有多个发射射频通道，且有多个响应设备，每个响应设备有至少一个接收射频通道，因此可以采用发起设备逐个发射射频通道进行训练，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道每次只训练其中一个，对应的多个响应设备的接收射频通道可以同时接收；可选地，发起设备还可以采用同时训练的方式训练波束组合，即发起设备的多个发射射频通道同时发送用于训练的第三波束帧，而多个响应设备的接收射频通道也同时进行接收，本发明实施例并不限于此。
应理解，对于第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一种候选组合对应关系包括：发起设备包括至少一个优选发射天线，且该优先发射天线的个数小于或者等于该发起设备的发射射频通道数，每个优选发射天线还包括至少一个优选发射扇区，即该发起设备可以包括至少一个优选发射扇区；同样的，第k个响应设备包括至少一个优选接收天线，且该优先接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道数，每个优选接收天线还包括至少一个优选接收扇区，即该响应设备可以包括至少一个优选接收扇区，将发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区与第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区进行一一对应，则可以获得发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区与第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区之间一种组合对应关系。由于发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区和第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区之间的对应关系也可以有至少一种，即发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区 与响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区之间可以具有至少一种候选组合对应关系。因此，对于K个响应设备中的每个响应设备都可以确定各自与发起设备的至少一种候选组合对应关系。
S406，该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该发起设备根据该K个响应设备发送的K个该第一指示信息，确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
例如，图8中第一响应设备向发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一响应设备确定的该第一响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，同样地，第二响应设备向发起设备发送的第一指示信息用于指示该第二响应设备确定的该第二响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与发起设备的至少一个优选发射扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，则发起设备可以根据该第一响应设备和第二响应设备发送的第一指示信息，确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与两个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，对于MU-MIMO的情况下，由于每个响应设备无法获得其他响应设备的扇区训练信息，因此，响应设备只能确定自身的优选接收扇区和发起设备的优选发射扇区之间的对应关系，而无法选择出K个响应设备的多个发射天线组合。因此，每个响应设备需要将自己测量获得的至少一种候选组合对应关系发送至发起设备，即第k个响应设备向发起设备发送的第一指示信息可以包括：第k个响应设备测量获得的发起设备的质量较好的优选发射天线标识和扇区标识，以及对应的自身的优选接收天线标识和接收扇区标识。可选地，该第一指示信息还可以包括信号质量，该信号质量可以包括信号强度或信号的信噪比，该第一指示信息还可以包括第k个响应设备反馈的信道状态信息。则发起者根据预定的准则，如SINR准则或信道容量最大准则，确定在MU-MIMO时，该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与两个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系。
S407，该发起设备根据该P种组合对应关系，向该第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关 系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
在本发明实施例中，对于P种组合对应关系中的任意一种组合对应关系包括：发起设备的多个优选发射扇区和K个响应设备中每个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区之间的对应关系，则P种组合对应关系中每个响应设备对应包括P种优选接收扇区组合，该发起设备通过向每个响应设备发送第二指示信息，指示各个响应设备对应于P种组合对应关系的P个优选接收扇区组合，即向第k个响应设备发送的第二指示信息用于指示该第k个响应设备在P种组合对应关系中的P个优选接收扇区组合。具体的，P个优选接收扇区组合反馈包括多个优选接收天线的最优扇区标识的组合，以及接收天线扇区组合对应的天线标识。
应理解，上述S405至S407进行波束对训练的过程，发起设备和K个响应设备的射频通道都可以采用同时训练的方式，训练获得上述P种组合对应关系。或者，发起设备也可以通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练，则每个响应设备可以根据预定的准则，如SINR准则或信道容量最大准则，确定在MIMO时的信道矩阵，该信道矩阵的维度为接收射频通道数乘以发射射频通道数。每个响应设备可以将确定的信道矩阵发送至发起设备，发起设备可以确定与K个响应设备的CSI以及MU-MIMO情况下的信道矩阵。
可选地，对于上述发起设备通过每个发射射频通道逐个进行训练的情况，与实际MIMO的应用情况不符，因此，可以继续进行S408，继续对确定的发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与K响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，从而获得MIMO情况下的CSI以及P种组合对应关系中的最优组合对应关系。而对于发起设备和响应设备在S405至S407中已经采用多个射频通道同时训练的情况，可以不继续执行S408，而直接确定出发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与K响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间最优组合对应关系以及MIMO情况下的CSI。
另外，对于MIMO的场景，引入了多信道发射，即MIMO的信道带宽大于SISO场景的信道带宽。在上述步骤通过BRP帧进行P种组合对应关系的波束训练过程中，可以在单个信道上进行。具体地，在S405至S407中采用的BRP包进行波束训练的过程，该BRP包可以采用单信道的训练方式， 即第三波束帧和第四波束帧的训练字段占用部分信道，例如图6所示，训练字段占用的信道带宽小于数据信道。但是根据实际应用情况，需要在多信道的带宽上进行训练，即在波束训练时，训练字段占用的信道带宽与数据字段相等。因此，在S405至S407中的波束训练过程，BRP包采用单信道的训练方式进行训练后，需要继续执行S408，通过占用多信道的训练字段进行训练，并获得对应的信道矩阵和信道状态信息。
S408，发起设备与K个响应设备进行波束对训练，确定发起设备的优选发射扇区与K个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系中的最优组合对应关系。
具体地，发起设备确定P种组合对应关系中发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合(Tx1,Tx2,……,TxP)。例如，发起设备可以包括多个发射射频通道，则发起设备确定的P个优选发射扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Txi中包括的优选发射扇区个数等于发射射频通道的个数，i＝1,2,3,……,P。
发起设备可以向该K个响应设备中每个响应设备发送第一请求信息，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练。具体地，K个响应设备可以根据该第一请求信息以及发起设备发送的第二指示信息，确定P种组合对应关系中K个响应设备对应的P个优选接收扇区组合(Rx1，Rx2，..,RxP)，其中，K个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合中任意一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi中包括：K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合，例如图8所示，任意一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi中包括：第一响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合和第二响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合，其中，第一响应设备的的一个优选接收扇区组合中扇区的个数等于接收射频通道的个数，第二响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合中扇区的个数等于接收射频通道的个数，i＝1,2,3,……,P。
应理解，该P种组合关系中的任意一种组合对应关系包括：K个响应设备构成的该P个优选接收扇区组合中一个优选发射扇区组合Rxi，以及对应的该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中一个优选发射扇区组合Txi之间的组合对应关系。
在发送该第一请求信息后，该发起设备通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，其中，该至少一个第五波束帧中可以如图7所示，即该至少一个 第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，且该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识Txi和对应的K个响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识Rxi，以便于该第k个响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；
该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该至少一种优选的组合对应关系，该发起设备根据该K个响应设备发送的K个该第三指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中的最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该发起设备还可以向K个响应设备中的第k个响应设备发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合。
应理解，在S408中，发起设备采用多个发射射频通道同时训练的方式，即多天线同时训练的方式，发起设备可以采用码分方式通过对应的多个扇区发射训练包。其中，码分发送多天线的训练字段，可以采用不同的天线采用不同正交训练字段同时发送；也可以采用不同的天线采用不同的正交掩码，相同的训练字段同时发送；还可以采用正交掩码和正交序列结合的方式，实现多个发射天线同时发送。另外，由于此时的收发天线采用的都是较好的发射波束，因此，不会再出现超过接收机动态范围的情况。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，针对具有多个响应设备的MU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和多个响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
应理解，在本发明的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味 着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
上文中结合图1至图9，详细描述了根据本发明实施例的训练波束的方法，下面将结合图10至图17，描述根据本发明实施例的训练波束的装置。
如图10所示，根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备500包括：
发送单元510，用于向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧用于该响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
接收单元520，用于接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；
确定单元530，用于根据该M个第二波束帧，确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取该发起设备的最优发射扇区；
该发送单元510还用于：通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该接收单元520还用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过该发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
可选地，该发送单元510还用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；该接收单元520还用于：接收该响应设备发送的第一指示信息；该确定单元530还用于：根据该第一指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该发送单元510具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三扫描帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该发送单元510具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该接收单元520具体用于接收该响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备确定的该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发送单元510具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四扫描帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优 发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该发送单元510具体用于：当该确定单元530确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧；当该确定单元530确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧。
可选地，该发送单元510具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元510具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三扫描帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元510具体用于：在向该响应设备发送第一请求信息之后，通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发送单元510通过该发起设备的最优发射 扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该确定单元530具体用于：根据该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
可选地，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该接收单元520还用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该确定单元530还用于：根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系；该发送单元510具体用于：向该响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该接收单元520具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该接收单元520具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；该确定单元530具体用于：根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；该发送单元510具体用于：向该响应设备发送第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该接收单元520具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区发送的根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧；该确定单元530具体用于：根据该至少一个第七波束帧，确定该Q种组合对应关系。
可选地，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该接收单元520具体用于：当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；
当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
可选地，该接收单元520具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元520具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元520具体用于：在该发送单元510向该响应设备发送第二请求信息之后，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的Q个发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；该确定单元530具体用于：根据该至少一个第八波束帧，在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该响应设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第八波束帧为 BRP帧。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的发起设备500可对应于执行本发明实施例中的方法100和方法200，并且发起设备500中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4和图5中的各个方法中发起设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。另外，同样也可以训练获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系。
如图11所示，根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备600包括：
接收单元610，用于接收发起设备发送的N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
确定单元620，用于根据该N个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；
发送单元630，用于向该发起设备发送M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量以及该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包， M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……m；
该接收单元610还用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的；
该确定单元620还用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该发送单元630还用于：通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和该响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该确定单元620具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；该发送单元630具体用于：向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；该确定单元620具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优 选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该发送单元630具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该确定单元620具体用于：根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该P种组合对应关系。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该接收单元610具体用于：当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的至少一个第三波束帧；当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元610具体用于：在接收该发起设备发送的第一请求信息后，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束 帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；该确定单元620具体用于：根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优组的合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优组合对应关系为该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈帧包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发送单元630通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该确定单元620具体用于：根据该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第二反馈信息。
可选地，该确定单元620具体用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该确定单元630具体用于：根据该第二指示信息，确定该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优 选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；该接收单元610具体用于：接收该发起设备发送的第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧用于该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该发送单元630具体用于：当该确定单元620确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧；当该确定单元620确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
可选地，该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元630具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元630具体用于：在该接收单元610接收该发起设备发送的第二请求信息后，通过该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一 个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该发起设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第八波束帧用于该发起设备在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系为该响应设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合，该至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的响应设备600可对应于执行本发明实施例中的方法100和方法200，并且响应设备600中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4和图5中的各个方法中响应设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。另外，同样也可以训练获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系。
如图12所示，根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备700包括：
发送单元710，用于向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧用于该K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
接收单元720，用于接收该第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，该 Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
确定单元730，用于根据该Uk个第二波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区；
该发送单元710还用于：通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该接收单元720还用于：接收该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，通过向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线；多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该接收单元720具体用于：接收该第k个响应设备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该确定单元730具体用于：根据该K个响 应设备发送的K个该第一指示信息，确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该发送单元710具体用于：根据该P种组合对应关系，向该第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该接收单元720具体用于：该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天 线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该发送单元710具体用于：在向该K个响应设备发送第一请求信息后，通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该第k个响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；该接收单元720具体用于：接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系；该确定单元730具体用于：根据该K个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该Uk个第二波束帧包括对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发送单元710通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该确定单元730具体用于：根据应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的发送的信号SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的发起设备700可对应于执行本发明实施例中的方法300和方法400，并且发起设备700中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8和图9中的各个方法中发起设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于具有多个响应设备的MU-MIMO的应用场景，通过该发起设备和多个响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
图13示出了根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备800的示意性框图，如图13所示，该响应设备800为K个响应设备中的第k个响应设备，该第k个响应设备包括：
接收单元810，用于接收发起设备发送的T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
确定单元820，用于根据该T个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；
发送单元830，用于向该发起设备发送Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
该接收单元810还用于：接收该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发 起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的；
该确定单元820还用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该发送单元830还用于：通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备根据该T个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，该响应设备可以为MU-MIMO应用场景中多个响应设备中任意一个响应设备，通过向发起设备发送波束帧，训练获得该响应设备的优选发射天线；而发起设备通过向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该确定单元820具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该发送单元830具体用于：向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该第一指示信息用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该确定单元820具体用于：根据该第二指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选 发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；该确定单元820具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该发送单元830具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该确定单元820具体用于：根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该接收单元810具体用于：在接收该发起设备向该K个响应设备发送的第一请求信息后，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的 响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该确定单元820具体用于：根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；该发送单元830具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系，该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的该至少一种优选的组合对应关系用于该发起设备确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈帧包括该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该发送单元830通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该确定单元820具体用于：根据该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第二反馈信息。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的响应设备800可对应于执行本发明实施例中的方法300和方法400，并且响应设备800中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8和图9中的各个方法中响应设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，可以为具有多个响应设备的MU-MIMO的应用场景中任意一个响应设备，通过发起设备和每个响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
图14示出了根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备900的示意性框图，如图14所示，该发起设备900包括：处理器910和收发器920，处理器910和收发器920相连，可选地，该发起设备900还包括存储器930，存储器930与处理器910相连，进一步可选地，该发起设备900包括总线系统940。其中，处理器910、存储器930和收发器920可以通过总线系统940 相连，该存储器930可以用于存储指令，该处理器910用于执行该存储器930存储的指令，以控制收发器920发送信息或信号，
收发器920用于向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧用于该响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
收发器920还用于接收该响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；
处理器910用于根据该M个第二波束帧，确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取该发起设备的最优发射扇区；
收发器920还用于：通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
收发器920还用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过该发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
可选地，该收发器920还用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；接收该响应设备发送的第一指示信息；该处理器910还用于：根据该第一指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三扫描帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该第三波束帧用于该响应设备确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；接收该响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备确定的该响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四扫描帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该收发器920具体用于：当该处理器910确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向该响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧；当该处理器910确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个 第三波束帧。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三扫描帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：在向该响应设备发送第一请求信息之后，通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该收发器920通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区向该响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该处理器910具体用于：根据该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
可选地，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该M个第二波束帧确定的该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该收发器920还用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一 个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该处理器910还用于：根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系；该收发器920具体用于：向该响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；该处理器910具体用于：根据该至少一个第六波束帧，确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；该收发器920具体用于：向该响应设备发送第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区发送的根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧；该处理器910具体用于：根据该至少一个第七波束帧，确定该Q种组合对应关系。
可选地，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该收发器920具体用于：当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的该至少一个第六波束帧；当该响应设备确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器920具体用于：在向该响应设备发送第二请求信息之后，接收该响应设备通过该响应设备的Q个发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；该处理器910具体用于：根据该至少一个第八波束帧，在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系包括该响应设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的发起设备900可对应于本发明实施例中的发起设备500，并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的方法100和方法200中的相应主体，并且发起设备900中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4和图5中的各个方法中发起设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而 实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。另外，同样也可以训练获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系。
图15示出了根据本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备1000的示意性框图，如图15所示，该响应设备1000包括：处理器1010和收发器1020，处理器1010和收发器1020相连，可选地，该响应设备1000还包括存储器1030，存储器1030与处理器1010相连，进一步可选地，该响应设备1000包括总线系统1040。其中，处理器1010、存储器1030和收发器1020可以通过总线系统1040相连，该存储器1030可以用于存储指令，该处理器1010用于执行该存储器1030存储的指令，以控制收发器1020发送信息或信号，
收发器1020用于接收发起设备发送的N个第一波束帧，该N个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
处理器1010用于根据该N个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；
收发器1020还用于向该发起设备发送M个第二波束帧，该M个第二波束帧的个数由该响应设备根据该响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，该M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该M个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量以及该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……m；
该收发器1020还用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发起设备根据该M个第二波 束帧确定的；
该处理器1010还用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该收发器1020还用于：通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该响应设备根据该N个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和该响应设备分别发送的波束帧，对发起设备和响应设备的发射扇区进行训练，可以获得发起设备和响应设备的多个发射扇区，从而实现发起设备和响应设备具有多个发射射频通道时的波束训练过程。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该收发器1020具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；该收发器1020具体用于：向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；该处理器1010具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该收发器1020具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该响应设备的多个优选接 收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该处理器1010具体用于：根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该P种组合对应关系。
可选地，该M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该收发器1020具体用于：当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围小于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的至少一个第三波束帧；当该发起设备确定该响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该响应设备确定该P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：在接收该发起设备发送的第一请求信息后，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识； 该处理器1010具体用于：根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该最优组的合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优组合对应关系为该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈帧包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该收发器1020通过该响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该处理器1010具体用于：根据该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第二反馈信息。
可选地，该处理器1010具体用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；该收发器1020具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；该收发器1020具体用于：接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该处理器1010具体用于：根据该第二指示信息，确定该Q种组合对应关系中该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，该Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送该每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该发起设备发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，该发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于该发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；接收该发起设备发送的第四反馈信息，该第四反馈信息用于指示该发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最 大值；通过该响应设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该发起设备发送根据该第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，该至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送该每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第七波束帧用于该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系，该至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈信息包括该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；该收发器1020具体用于：当该处理器1010确定该发起设备的动态范围小于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第六波束帧；当该处理器1010确定该发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于该响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送的该至少一个第六波束帧。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：通过该响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，向该发起设备逐个发送该至少一个第六波束帧，该至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该发起设备确定该Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1020具体用于：在接收该发起设备发送的第二请求信息后，通过该响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该发起设备发送至少一个第八波束帧，该第二请求信息用于指示该响应设备根据该Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第八波束帧包括发送该每个第八波束帧的该响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的该发起设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第八波束帧用于该发起设备在该Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及该最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信 息用于指示该最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，该最优的组合对应关系为该响应设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和对应的该发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合，该至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的响应设备1000可对应于本发明实施例中的响应设备600，并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的方法100和方法200中的相应主体，并且响应设备1000中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4和图5中的各个方法中响应设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的SU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，应用于SU-MIMO的应用场景，通过发起设备和响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和具有多个接收射频通道的响应设备在SU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。另外，同样也可以训练获得具有多个发射射频通道的响应设备的优选发射扇区和具有多个接收射频通道的发起设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系。
图16示出了根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备1100的示意性框图，如图16所示，该发起设备1100包括：处理器1110和收发器1120，处理器1110和收发器1120相连，可选地，该发起设备1100还包括存储器1130，存储器1130与处理器1110相连，进一步可选地，该发起设备1100包括总线系统1140。其中，处理器1110、存储器1130和收发器1120可以通过总线系统1140相连，该存储器1130可以用于存储指令，该处理器1110用于执行该存储器1130存储的指令，以控制收发器1120发送信息或信号，
收发器1120用于向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧用于该K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、 2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
收发器1120用于接收该第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
处理器1110用于根据该Uk个第二波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区；
该收发器1120还用于：通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于指示该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该收发器1120还用于：接收该第k个响应设备通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示与该第k个响应设备对应的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，通过向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线；多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；接收该第k个响应设 备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该处理器1110具体用于：根据该K个响应设备发送的K个该第一指示信息，确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该收发器1120具体用于：根据该P种组合对应关系，向该第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向该K个响应设备发送该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该发起设备接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧用于该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向该K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1120具体用于：在向该K个响应设备发送第一请求信息后，通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该至少一个第五波束帧用于该第k个响应设备在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；接收该第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系；处理器1110具体用于：根据该K个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该Uk个第二波束帧包括对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该收发器1120通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，向该第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，该处理器1110具体用于：根据应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的发送的信号SNR，确定该第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第一反馈信息。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的发起设备1100可对应于本发明实施例中的发起设备700，并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的方法300和方法400中的相应主体，并且发起设备1100中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8和图9中的各个方法中发起设备的相应流程，为了简洁， 在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，应用于具有多个响应设备的MU-MIMO的应用场景，通过该发起设备和多个响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
图17示出了根据本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备1200的示意性框图，如图17所示，该响应设备1200包括：处理器1210和收发器1220，处理器1210和收发器1220相连，可选地，该响应设备1200还包括存储器1230，存储器1230与处理器1210相连，进一步可选地，该响应设备1200包括总线系统1240。其中，处理器1210、存储器1230和收发器1220可以通过总线系统1240相连，该存储器1230可以用于存储指令，该处理器1210用于执行该存储器1230存储的指令，以控制收发器1220发送信息或信号，
收发器1220用于接收发起设备发送的T个第一波束帧，该T个第一波束帧的个数由该发起设备根据该发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送该第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，该T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
处理器1210用于根据该T个第一波束帧，确定该发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量；
收发器1220用于向该发起设备发送Uk个第二波束帧，该Uk个第二波束帧的个数由该第k个响应设备根据该第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及该发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，该Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送该第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及该第k个响应设备确定的对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和该最优发射扇区所 在天线的标识，该Uk个第二波束帧用于该发起设备确定该第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量并获取对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区，该Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
该收发器1220还用于：接收该发起设备通过对应于该第k个响应设备的该发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息由该发起设备根据该Uk个第二波束帧确定的；
该处理器1210还用于：根据该第一反馈信息，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
该收发器1220还用于：通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息，该第二反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备根据该T个第一波束帧确定的该发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，该每个响应设备确定的该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于该发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，该响应设备可以为MU-MIMO应用场景中多个响应设备中任意一个响应设备，通过向发起设备发送波束帧，训练获得该响应设备的优选发射天线；而发起设备通过向多个响应设备发送波束帧，训练获得发起设备中对应于每个响应设备的优选发射天线，从而实现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个发射射频通道的响应设备的发射波束训练过程。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第三波束帧；该处理器1210具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，该至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该收发器1220具体用于：向该发起设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该至少一种候选组合对应关系；该第一指示信息用于该发起设备确定该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与该K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备发送的第二指示信息；该处理器1210具体用于：根据该第二指示信息，确定该P种组合对应关系中该第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，该P种组合对应关系中的一 种组合对应关系包括该发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的该至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送该每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的该至少一个第三波束帧；该处理器1210具体用于：根据该至少一个第三波束帧，确定该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于该第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；该收发器1220具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三反馈信息，该第三反馈信息用于指示该第k个响应设备确定的该第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，发送的根据该第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，该至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送该每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，该至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；该处理器1210具体用于：根据该至少一个第四波束帧，确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的至少一个第三波束帧，该至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，该训练字段用于承载该第k个响应设备确定该至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
可选地，该收发器1220具体用于：在接收该发起设备向该K个响应设 备发送的第一请求信息后，接收该发起设备通过该发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向该K个响应设备发送的至少一个第五波束帧，该第一请求信息用于指示该K个响应设备根据该P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，该至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于该每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，该每个第五波束帧包括发送该每个第五波束帧的该发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，该处理器1210具体用于：根据该至少一个第五波束帧，在该P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及该至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，该信道状态信息用于指示该每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；该收发器1220具体用于：向该发起设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该至少一种优选的组合对应关系，该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的该至少一种优选的组合对应关系用于该发起设备确定该P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，该最优的组合对应关系包括该发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和该K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，该至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
可选地，该第一反馈帧包括该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；在该收发器1220通过该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区向该发起设备发送第二反馈信息之前，该处理器1210具体用于：根据该第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定该第二反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；根据该第二反馈信息的MCS等级，确定该第二反馈信息。
应理解，根据本发明实施例的响应设备1200可对应于本发明实施例中的响应设备800，并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的方法300和方法400中的相应主体，并且响应设备1200中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8和图9中的各个方法中响应设备的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，本发明实施例的MU-MIMO技术中的响应设备，可以为具有多个响应设备的MU-MIMO的应用场景中任意一个响应设备，通过发起设备和多个响应设备中每个响应设备分别发送的波束帧，训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区，并进一步训练获得该发起设备的优选发射扇区和每个响应设备的优选接收扇区之间的组合对应关系，从而实 现具有多个发射射频通道的发起设备和多个具有一个或多个接收射频通道的响应设备在MU-MIMO的应用场景下的波束对训练过程。
应注意，本申请上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中，或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器， 或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发起设备向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，所述N个第一波束帧的个数由所述发起设备根据所述发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及所述响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，所述N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送所述第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，所述N个第一波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，所述N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，所述M个第二波束帧的个数由所述响应设备根据所述响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及所述发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，所述M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送所述第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及所述响应设备根据所述N个第一波束帧确定的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和所述最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，所述M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；
    所述发起设备根据所述M个第二波束帧，确定所述响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取所述发起设备的最优发射扇区；
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的最优发射扇区向所述响应设备发送第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述M个第二波束帧确定的所述响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，所述第二反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于所述发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述响应设备确定 所述响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，所述至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备发送的第一指示信息；
    所述发起设备根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述P种组合对应关系中所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，所述P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三扫描帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送所述每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述第三波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于所述响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，所述第三反馈信息用于指示所述响应设备确定的所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向所述响应设备发送根据所述第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，所述至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四扫描帧包括发送所述每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区 所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第四波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系，所述至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
  5. 根据权利要求2至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备确定所述响应设备的动态范围；
    当所述发起设备确定所述响应设备的动态范围小于所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧；
    当所述发起设备确定所述响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧。
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三扫描帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述发起设备向所述响应设备发送第一请求信息之后，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向所述响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，所述第一请求信息用于指示所述响应设备根据所述P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第五波束帧包括发送所述每个第五波束帧的所述发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的所述响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，所述至少一个第五波束帧用于所述响应设备在所述P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及所述最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的所述响应设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；
    在所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的最优发射扇区向所述响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备根据所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定所述第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；
    所述发起设备根据所述第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定所述第一反馈信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述M个第二波束帧确定的所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；
    所述发起设备根据所述至少一个第六波束帧，确定所述发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与所述响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关 系；
    所述发起设备向所述响应设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述Q种组合对应关系中所述响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，所述Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送所述每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧；
    所述发起设备根据所述至少一个第六波束帧，确定所述发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与所述响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系，包括：
    所述发起设备根据所述至少一个第六波束帧，确定所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于所述发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述发起设备向所述响应设备发送第四反馈信息，所述第四反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射扇区发送的根据所述第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，所述至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送所述每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧；
    所述发起设备根据所述至少一个第七波束帧，确定所述Q种组合对应关系。
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一反馈信息包括所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：
    当所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的动态范围小于所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧；
    当所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧。
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述发起设备确定所述Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述发起设备确定所述Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述发起设备向所述响应设备发送第二请求信息之后，所述发起设备 接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的Q个发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第八波束帧，所述第二请求信息用于指示所述响应设备根据所述Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第八波束帧包括发送所述每个第八波束帧的所述响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的所述响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；
    所述发起设备根据所述至少一个第八波束帧，在所述Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及所述最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述响应设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的所述发起设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
  17. 一种多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中训练波束的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发起设备向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，所述T个第一波束帧的个数由所述发起设备根据所述发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，所述T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送所述第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，所述T个第一波束帧用于所述K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定所述发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，所述T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，所述Uk个第二波束帧的个数由所述第k个响应设备根据所述第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及所述发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，所述Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送所述第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及所述第k个响应设备确定的对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和所述最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，所述Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
    所述发起设备根据所述Uk个第二波束帧，确定所述第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区；
    所述发起设备通过对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述Uk个第二波束帧确定的所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备通过所述第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，所述第二反馈信息用于指示与所述第k个响应设备对应的所述发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，所述每个响应设备确定的所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于所述发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，所述至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一种候选组合对应关系；
    所述发起设备根据所述K个响应设备发送的K个所述第一指示信息，确定所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与所述K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；
    所述发起设备根据所述P种组合对应关系，向所述第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述P种组合对应关系中所述第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，所述P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波 束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向所述K个响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送所述每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向所述K个响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于所述第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，所述第三反馈信息用于指示所述第k个响应设备确定的所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送根据所述第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，所述至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送所述每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第四波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系，所述至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，包括：
    所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述发起设备向所述K个响应设备发送第一请求信息后，所述发起设备通过所述发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，所述第一请求信息用于指示所述K个响应设备根据所述P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第五波束帧包括发送所述每个第五波束帧的所述发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，所述至少一个第五波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备在所述P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及所述至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述至少一种优选的组合对应关系；
    所述发起设备根据所述K个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，确定所述P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
  24. 根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述Uk个第二波束帧包括对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；
    在所述发起设备通过对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优 发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述发起设备根据应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的发送的信号SNR，确定所述第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；
    所述发起设备根据所述第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定所述第一反馈信息。
  25. 一种单用户多入多出SU-MIMO技术中的发起设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送单元，用于向响应设备发送N个第一波束帧，所述N个第一波束帧的个数由所述发起设备根据所述发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及所述响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，所述N个第一波束帧中第i个第一波束帧包括发送所述第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，所述N个第一波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，所述N个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，N为大于1的正整数，i＝1、2、3……N；
    接收单元，用于接收所述响应设备发送的M个第二波束帧，所述M个第二波束帧的个数由所述响应设备根据所述响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及所述发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定，所述M个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送所述第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及所述响应设备根据所述N个第一波束帧确定的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和所述最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，所述M个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，M为大于1的正整数，j＝1、2、3……M；
    确定单元，用于根据所述M个第二波束帧，确定所述响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取所述发起设备的最优发射扇区；
    所述发送单元还用于：通过所述发起设备的最优发射扇区向所述响应设备发送第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述M个第二波束帧确定的所述响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
    所述接收单元还用于：接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，所述第二反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备的多个 优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于所述发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述响应设备的多个优选接收扇区与所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的P种组合对应关系，所述至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧，P为正整数；
    所述接收单元还用于：
    接收所述响应设备发送的第一指示信息；
    所述确定单元还用于：
    根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述P种组合对应关系中所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合，所述P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三扫描帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送所述每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述第三波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于所述响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述接收单元具体用于接收所述响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，所述第三反馈信息用于指示所述响应设备确定的所述响应设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向所述响应设备发送根据所述第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，所述至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四扫描帧包括发送所述每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第四波束帧用于所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系，所述至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
  29. 根据权利要求26至28中任一项所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    当所述确定单元确定所述响应设备的动态范围小于所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，同时向所述响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧；
    当所述确定单元确定所述响应设备的动态范围大于或者等于所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧。
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  31. 根据权利要求26所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三扫描帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述响应设备确定所述P种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    在向所述响应设备发送第一请求信息之后，通过所述发起设备的P个优 选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向所述响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，所述第一请求信息用于指示所述响应设备根据所述P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第五波束帧包括发送所述每个第五波束帧的所述发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的所述响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，所述至少一个第五波束帧用于所述响应设备在所述P种组合对应关系中确定最优的组合对应关系、以及所述最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的所述响应设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
  33. 根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述M个第二波束帧中每个第二波束帧包括所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；
    在所述发送单元通过所述发起设备的最优发射扇区向所述响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR，确定所述第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；
    根据所述第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定所述第一反馈信息。
  34. 根据权利要求25至33中任一项所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述M个第二波束帧确定的所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区；
    所述接收单元还用于：接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线发送的至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧为BRP帧；
    所述确定单元还用于：
    根据所述至少一个第六波束帧，确定所述发起设备的多个优选接收扇区与所述响应设备的多个优选发射扇区之间的Q种组合对应关系；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    向所述响应设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述Q种组合对应关系中所述响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组合，所述Q种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述响应设备的Q个优选发射扇区组 合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述发起设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中的每个第六波束帧包括发送所述每个第六波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识。
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧；
    所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述至少一个第六波束帧，确定所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线的多个优选接收扇区，所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线的个数等于所述发起设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    向所述响应设备发送第四反馈信息，所述第四反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备的多个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射扇区发送的根据所述第四反馈信息确定的至少一个第七波束帧，所述至少一个第七波束帧中的每个第七波束帧包括发送所述每个第七波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第七波束帧为BRP帧；
    所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述至少一个第七波束帧，确定所述Q种组合对应关系。
  37. 根据权利要求34至36中任一项所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述第一反馈信息包括所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的信噪比SNR；
    所述接收单元具体用于：
    当所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的动态范围小于所述响应设备的最 优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线，同时发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧；
    当所述响应设备确定所述发起设备的动态范围大于或者等于所述响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR时，接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧。
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述发起设备确定所述Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  39. 根据权利要求34所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的多个优选发射天线中的每个优选发射天线，逐个发送的所述至少一个第六波束帧，所述至少一个第六波束帧中每个第六波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述发起设备确定所述Q种组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于：
    在所述发送单元向所述响应设备发送第二请求信息之后，接收所述响应设备通过所述响应设备的Q个发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时发送的至少一个第八波束帧，所述第二请求信息用于指示所述响应设备根据所述Q种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第八波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第八波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第八波束帧包括发送所述每个第八波束帧的所述响应设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的所述响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识；
    所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述至少一个第八波束帧，在所述Q种组合对应关系中确定最优的 组合对应关系、以及所述最优的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述最优的组合对应关系的信道矩阵，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述响应设备的一个发射扇区组合和对应的所述发起设备的一个接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第八波束帧为BRP帧。
  41. 一种多用户多入多出MU-MIMO技术中发起设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送单元，用于向K个响应设备发送T个第一波束帧，所述T个第一波束帧的个数由所述发起设备根据所述发起设备的发射扇区总数、以及所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，所述T个第一波束帧中的第i个第一波束帧包括发送所述第i个第一波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识，所述T个第一波束帧用于所述K个响应设备中第k个响应设备确定所述发起设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，所述T个第一波束帧为波束扫描SSW帧、短波束扫描SSSW包或信标beacon帧，K为大于1的正整数，k＝1、2、3……K，n为正整数，i＝1、2、3……T；
    接收单元，用于接收所述第k个响应设备发送的Uk个第二波束帧，所述Uk个第二波束帧的个数由所述第k个响应设备根据所述第k个响应设备的至少一个发射天线的发射扇区的个数、以及所述发起设备的接收射频通道数和接收天线数确定的，所述Uk个第二波束帧中的第j个第二波束帧包括发送所述第j个第二波束帧的发射天线的标识和发射扇区的标识、以及所述第k个响应设备确定的对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的标识和所述最优发射扇区所在天线的标识，所述Uk个第二波束帧为SSW帧或SSSW包，Uk为正整数，j＝1、2、3……Uk；
    确定单元，用于根据所述Uk个第二波束帧，确定所述第k个响应设备的发射天线的扇区的质量，并获取对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区；
    所述发送单元还用于：通过对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述发起设备根据所述Uk个第二波束帧确定的所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区；
    所述接收单元还用于：接收所述第k个响应设备通过所述第k个响应设备的最优发射扇区发送的第二反馈信息，所述第二反馈信息用于指示与所述 第k个响应设备对应的所述发起设备的至少一个优选发射天线的至少一个优选发射扇区，所述每个响应设备确定的所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的个数等于所述发起设备的发射射频通道的个数。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收扇区与所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区中的至少一个扇区之间的至少一种候选组合对应关系，所述至少一个第三波束帧为波形优化BRP帧；
    所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述至少一种候选组合对应关系；
    所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述K个响应设备发送的K个所述第一指示信息，确定所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区与所述K个响应设备的多个优选接收扇区之间的P种组合对应关系；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    根据所述P种组合对应关系，向所述第k个响应设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述P种组合对应关系中所述第k个响应设备的P个优选接收扇区组合，所述P种组合对应关系中的一种组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的P个优选发射扇区组合中的一个优选发射扇区组合以及对应的所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的组合对应关系。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线的多个优选发射扇区，向所述K个响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中的每个第三波束帧包括发送所述每个第三波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的一个或多个优选发射天线的标识。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具 体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线，采用准全向方式向所述K个响应设备发送所述至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的至少一个优选接收扇区，所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线的个数等于所述第k个响应设备的接收射频通道的个数；
    所述接收单元具体用于：
    所述发起设备接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第三反馈信息，所述第三反馈信息用于指示所述第k个响应设备确定的所述第k个响应设备的至少一个优选接收天线中包括优选接收扇区的个数中的最大值；
    所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送根据所述第三反馈信息确定的至少一个第四波束帧，所述至少一个第四波束帧中的每个第四波束帧包括发送所述每个第四波束帧的优选发射扇区所在的优选发射天线的标识，所述至少一个第四波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系，所述至少一个第四波束帧为波形优化BRP帧。
  45. 根据权利要求42所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽小于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  46. 根据权利要求42所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    通过所述发起设备的多个优选发射天线中每个优选发射天线，向所述K个响应设备逐个发送至少一个第三波束帧，所述至少一个第三波束帧中每个第三波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于数据字段的信道带宽，所述训练字段用于承载所述第k个响应设备确定所述至少一种候选组合对应关系所需的训练参数。
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于：
    在向所述K个响应设备发送第一请求信息后，通过所述发起设备的P种优选发射扇区组合中每个优选发射扇区组合，同时向所述K个响应设备发送至少一个第五波束帧，所述第一请求信息用于指示所述K个响应设备根据所述P种组合对应关系进行波束训练，所述至少一个第五波束帧中每个波束帧的训练字段的信道带宽等于所述每个第五波束帧中数据字段的信道带宽，所述每个第五波束帧包括发送所述每个第五波束帧的所述发起设备的优选发射扇区组合的标识和对应的响应设备的优选接收扇区的组合标识，所述至少一个第五波束帧用于所述第k个响应设备在所述P种组合对应关系中确定至少一种优选的组合对应关系、以及所述至少一种优选的组合对应关系中每种优选的组合对应关系的信道状态信息，所述信道状态信息用于指示所述每种优选的组合对应关系的信道矩阵；
    所述接收单元具体用于：
    接收所述第k个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述至少一种优选的组合对应关系；
    所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据所述K个响应设备发送的第三指示信息，确定所述P种组合对应关系中最优的组合对应关系，所述最优的组合对应关系包括所述发起设备的一个优选发射扇区组合和所述K个响应设备中每个响应设备的一个优选接收扇区组合之间的对应关系，所述至少一个第五波束帧为BRP帧。
  48. 根据权利要求41至47中任一项所述的发起设备，其特征在于，所述Uk个第二波束帧包括对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区发送的信号的SNR；
    在所述发送单元通过对应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区，向所述第k个响应设备发送第一反馈信息之前，所述确定单元具体用于：
    根据应于所述第k个响应设备的所述发起设备的最优发射扇区的发送的信号SNR，确定所述第一反馈信息的调制与编码策略MCS等级；
    根据所述第一反馈信息的MCS等级，确定所述第一反馈信息。
PCT/CN2016/104256 2016-11-01 2016-11-01 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备 WO2018081926A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/104256 WO2018081926A1 (zh) 2016-11-01 2016-11-01 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/104256 WO2018081926A1 (zh) 2016-11-01 2016-11-01 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018081926A1 true WO2018081926A1 (zh) 2018-05-11

Family

ID=62075374

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/104256 WO2018081926A1 (zh) 2016-11-01 2016-11-01 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018081926A1 (zh)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110581725A (zh) * 2018-06-08 2019-12-17 华为技术有限公司 用于波束训练的方法和通信装置
CN111510188A (zh) * 2020-03-11 2020-08-07 北京邮电大学 波束搜索方法及装置
CN114760640A (zh) * 2021-01-08 2022-07-15 华为技术有限公司 无线局域网感知方法及装置
WO2022166662A1 (zh) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 华为技术有限公司 射频感知方法及相关装置
WO2022166644A1 (zh) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 华为技术有限公司 基于mimo波束赋形的感知方法及相关装置

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103748799A (zh) * 2011-08-10 2014-04-23 三星电子株式会社 用于无线通信系统中的波束锁定的装置及方法
CN104734754A (zh) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种波束赋形权值训练方法及基站、终端
CN104734759A (zh) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mimo波束赋形通信系统中波束识别方法、相关设备及系统
US20150244432A1 (en) * 2012-05-22 2015-08-27 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Method and Apparatus of Beam Training for MIMO Operation and Multiple Antenna Beamforming Operation
WO2016027398A1 (ja) * 2014-08-18 2016-02-25 パナソニック株式会社 Ｍｉｍｏトレーニング方法及び無線装置
CN105610478A (zh) * 2016-02-15 2016-05-25 东南大学 毫米波mimo通信多子阵协作波束对准方法及装置

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103748799A (zh) * 2011-08-10 2014-04-23 三星电子株式会社 用于无线通信系统中的波束锁定的装置及方法
US20150244432A1 (en) * 2012-05-22 2015-08-27 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Method and Apparatus of Beam Training for MIMO Operation and Multiple Antenna Beamforming Operation
CN104734754A (zh) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种波束赋形权值训练方法及基站、终端
CN104734759A (zh) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mimo波束赋形通信系统中波束识别方法、相关设备及系统
WO2016027398A1 (ja) * 2014-08-18 2016-02-25 パナソニック株式会社 Ｍｉｍｏトレーニング方法及び無線装置
CN105610478A (zh) * 2016-02-15 2016-05-25 东南大学 毫米波mimo通信多子阵协作波束对准方法及装置

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110581725A (zh) * 2018-06-08 2019-12-17 华为技术有限公司 用于波束训练的方法和通信装置
US11652523B2 (en) 2018-06-08 2023-05-16 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Beam training method and communications apparatus
CN110581725B (zh) * 2018-06-08 2023-08-22 华为技术有限公司 用于波束训练的方法和通信装置
CN111510188A (zh) * 2020-03-11 2020-08-07 北京邮电大学 波束搜索方法及装置
CN114760640A (zh) * 2021-01-08 2022-07-15 华为技术有限公司 无线局域网感知方法及装置
CN114760640B (zh) * 2021-01-08 2023-09-08 华为技术有限公司 无线局域网感知方法及装置
WO2022166662A1 (zh) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 华为技术有限公司 射频感知方法及相关装置
WO2022166644A1 (zh) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 华为技术有限公司 基于mimo波束赋形的感知方法及相关装置
CN114915319A (zh) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-16 华为技术有限公司 基于mimo波束赋形的感知方法及相关装置
CN114915319B (zh) * 2021-02-08 2023-07-18 华为技术有限公司 基于mimo波束赋形的感知方法及相关装置

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7453263B2 (ja) ｍｍＷＡＶＥ無線ネットワークのシングルユーザハイブリッドＭＩＭＯのためのシステムおよび方法
US11456784B2 (en) Multiple input multiple output (MIMO) setup in millimeter wave (MMW) WLAN systems
CN110492913B (zh) 一种信号传输方法和装置
CN110870218B (zh) 毫米波系统中的多信道多输入多输出波束成形训练
US9125179B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting frame in wireless local area network (WLAN) system
WO2018127181A1 (zh) 一种信号传输方法和装置
WO2018141272A1 (zh) 终端、网络设备和通信方法
WO2018081926A1 (zh) 训练波束的方法、发起设备和响应设备
WO2020001454A1 (zh) 波束赋形训练的方法和装置
JP7039181B2 (ja) ｎｏｎ－ＰＣＰ／ＡＰ通信装置および通信方法
JP7293435B2 (ja) Ｐｃｐ／ａｐ通信装置および通信方法
US20210204270A1 (en) Beam Training Method And Apparatus
CN111934736B (zh) 一种发送波束优化协议包的方法及设备
WO2018233494A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信节点
KR102208398B1 (ko) 무선랜 시스템에서 빔포밍을 지원하는 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
WO2017190359A1 (zh) 一种训练包发送方法及装置
WO2020057472A1 (zh) 数据通信的方法和装置
WO2018072210A1 (zh) 波束训练方法、装置及无线设备
US20230299816A1 (en) Multi-Antenna Wireless Transmitter and Method with MIMO Beamforming
WO2023221921A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置及系统
TW202418770A (zh) 基地台裝置及通訊方法
WO2017113114A1 (zh) 终端设备、网络设备、数据传输方法和无线通信系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16920912

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16920912

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1